1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
35 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
36 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
37 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
49 #include <algorithm>
50 #include <cstring>
51 #include <functional>
52 using namespace clang;
53 using namespace sema;
54 
55 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
56   if (OwnedType) {
57     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
58     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
59   }
60 
61   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
62 }
63 
64 namespace {
65 
66 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
67  public:
68   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
69                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
70       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
71         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
72     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
73     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
74     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
75   }
76 
77   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
78     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
79       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
80       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
81       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
82              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
83     }
84     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
85   }
86 
87  private:
88   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
89   bool WantClassName;
90   bool AllowClassTemplates;
91 };
92 
93 }
94 
95 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
96 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
97   switch (Kind) {
98   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
99   // token kind is a valid type specifier
100   case tok::kw_short:
101   case tok::kw_long:
102   case tok::kw___int64:
103   case tok::kw___int128:
104   case tok::kw_signed:
105   case tok::kw_unsigned:
106   case tok::kw_void:
107   case tok::kw_char:
108   case tok::kw_int:
109   case tok::kw_half:
110   case tok::kw_float:
111   case tok::kw_double:
112   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
113   case tok::kw_bool:
114   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
115     return true;
116 
117   case tok::annot_typename:
118   case tok::kw_char16_t:
119   case tok::kw_char32_t:
120   case tok::kw_typeof:
121   case tok::annot_decltype:
122   case tok::kw_decltype:
123     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
124 
125   default:
126     break;
127   }
128 
129   return false;
130 }
131 
132 namespace {
133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
134   NotFound,
135   FoundNonType,
136   FoundType
137 };
138 } // namespace
139 
140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
141 /// dependent class.
142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
146                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
147                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
148   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
149     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
150   // Look for type decls in base classes.
151   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
152       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
153   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
154     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
155     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
156       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
157     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
158       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
159       // templates.
160       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
161         continue;
162       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
163       if (!TD)
164         continue;
165       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
166           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
167       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
168         continue;
169       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170     }
171     if (BaseRD) {
172       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
173         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
174           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
175         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
176       }
177       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
178         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
179         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
180           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
181         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
182           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183           break;
184         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
185           break;
186         }
187       }
188     }
189   }
190 
191   return FoundTypeDecl;
192 }
193 
194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
195                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
196                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
197   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
198   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
199   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
200       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
201   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
202        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
203        DC = DC->getParent()) {
204     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
205     // templates.
206     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
207     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
208       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
209   }
210   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
211     return ParsedType();
212 
213   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
214   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
215   // lookup during template instantiation.
216   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
217 
218   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
219   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
220                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
221   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
222 
223   CXXScopeSpec SS;
224   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
225 
226   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
227   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
228   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
229   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
230   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
231   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
232 }
233 
234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
235 /// return the declaration of that type.
236 ///
237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
243                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
244                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
245                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
246                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
247                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
248                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
249   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
250   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
251   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
252     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
253     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
254       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
255   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
256     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
257 
258     if (!LookupCtx) {
259       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
260         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
261         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
262         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
263         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
264         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
265         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
266         //
267         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
268         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
269         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
270           return ParsedType();
271 
272         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
273         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
274         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
275           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
276 
277         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
278         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
279                                        II, NameLoc);
280         return ParsedType::make(T);
281       }
282 
283       return ParsedType();
284     }
285 
286     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
287         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
288       return ParsedType();
289   }
290 
291   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
292   // lookup for class-names.
293   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
294                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
295   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
296   if (LookupCtx) {
297     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
298     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
299     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
300     // nested-name-specifier.
301     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
302 
303     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
304       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
305       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
306       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
307       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
308       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
309       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
310       LookupName(Result, S);
311     }
312   } else {
313     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
314     LookupName(Result, S);
315 
316     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
317     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
318     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
319       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
320               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
321         return TypeInBase;
322     }
323   }
324 
325   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
326   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
327   case LookupResult::NotFound:
328   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
329     if (CorrectedII) {
330       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
331           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
332           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
333           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
334       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
335       TemplateTy Template;
336       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
337       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
338       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
339       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
340       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
341       if (SS && NNS) {
342         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
343         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
344       }
345       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
346           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
347           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
348           // is handled elsewhere).
349           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
350             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
351                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
352         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
353                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
354                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
355                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
356         if (Ty) {
357           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
358                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
359                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
360           if (SS && NNS)
361             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
362           *CorrectedII = NewII;
363           return Ty;
364         }
365       }
366     }
367     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
368   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
369   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
370     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
371     return ParsedType();
372 
373   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
374     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
375     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
376     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
377     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
378     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
379     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
380       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
381       return ParsedType();
382     }
383 
384     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
385     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
386          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
387       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
388         if (!IIDecl ||
389             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
390               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
391           IIDecl = *Res;
392       }
393     }
394 
395     if (!IIDecl) {
396       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
397       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
398       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
399       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
400       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
401       // a type name.
402       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
403       return ParsedType();
404     }
405 
406     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
407     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
408     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
409     // perform the name lookup again.
410     break;
411 
412   case LookupResult::Found:
413     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
414     break;
415   }
416 
417   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
418 
419   QualType T;
420   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
421     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
422 
423     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
424     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
425 
426     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
427     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
428     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
429     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
430       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
431         // Construct a type with type-source information.
432         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
433         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
434 
435         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
436         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
437         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
438         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
439         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
440       } else {
441         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
442       }
443     }
444   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
445     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
446     if (!HasTrailingDot)
447       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
448   }
449 
450   if (T.isNull()) {
451     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
452     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
453     return ParsedType();
454   }
455   return ParsedType::make(T);
456 }
457 
458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
459 static NestedNameSpecifier *
460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
461   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
462     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
463     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
464     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
465       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
466     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
467       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
468                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
469     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
470       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
471   }
472   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
473 }
474 
475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
476                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
477   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
478   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
479   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
480 
481   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
482   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
483   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
484   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
485       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
486   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
487 
488   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
489   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
490   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
491   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
492   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
493 
494   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
495   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
496   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
497   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
498   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
499   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
500 }
501 
502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
508   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
509   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
510   LookupName(R, S, false);
511   R.suppressDiagnostics();
512   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
513     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
514       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
515       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
516       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
517       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
518       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
519       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
520       }
521     }
522 
523   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
524 }
525 
526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
530 /// @code
531 /// template<class T> class A {
532 /// public:
533 ///   typedef int TYPE;
534 /// };
535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
536 /// public:
537 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
538 /// };
539 /// @endcode
540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
541   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
542     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
543       return true;
544 
545     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
546 
547     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
548     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
549       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
550         return true;
551     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
552   }
553   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
554 }
555 
556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
557                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
558                                    Scope *S,
559                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
560                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
561                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
562   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
563   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
564 
565   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
566   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
567   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
568           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
569                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
570                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
571                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
572     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
573       // We corrected to a keyword.
574       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
575       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
576     } else {
577       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
578       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
579         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
580                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
581       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
582         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
583         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
584                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
585         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
586                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
587                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
588       } else {
589         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
590       }
591 
592       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
593       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
594         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
595                           SourceRange(IILoc));
596       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
597                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
598                                   false, ParsedType(),
599                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
600                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
601     }
602     return;
603   }
604 
605   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
606     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
607     UnqualifiedId Name;
608     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
609     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
610     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
611     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
612     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
613                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
614                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
615       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
616       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
617       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
618         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
619           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
620       }
621       return;
622     }
623   }
624 
625   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
626   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
627 
628   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
629     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
630   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
631     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
632       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
633   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
634     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
635     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
636       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
637 
638     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
639       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
640       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
641       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
642     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
643                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
644   } else {
645     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
646            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
647   }
648 }
649 
650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
651 /// or
652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
653   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
654                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
655 
656   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
657     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
658       return true;
659 
660     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
661       return true;
662   }
663 
664   return false;
665 }
666 
667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
668                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
669                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
670                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
671   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
672   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
673   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
674     StringRef FixItTagName;
675     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
676       case TTK_Class:
677         FixItTagName = "class ";
678         break;
679 
680       case TTK_Enum:
681         FixItTagName = "enum ";
682         break;
683 
684       case TTK_Struct:
685         FixItTagName = "struct ";
686         break;
687 
688       case TTK_Interface:
689         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
690         break;
691 
692       case TTK_Union:
693         FixItTagName = "union ";
694         break;
695     }
696 
697     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
698     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
699       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
700       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
701 
702     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
703          I != IEnd; ++I)
704       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
705         << Name << TagName;
706 
707     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
708     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
709     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
710     return true;
711   }
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
718                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
719   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
720 
721   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
722   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
723 
724   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
725   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
726   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
727   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
728   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
729 }
730 
731 Sema::NameClassification
732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
733                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
734                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
735                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
736   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
737   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
738 
739   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
740     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
741                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
742   }
743 
744   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
745   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
746 
747   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
748   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
749   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
750     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
751             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
752       return TypeInBase;
753   }
754 
755   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
756   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
757   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
758   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
759   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
760     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
761     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
762       return E;
763   }
764 
765   bool SecondTry = false;
766   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
767 
768 Corrected:
769   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
770   case LookupResult::NotFound:
771     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
772     // call.
773     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
774       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
775       // FIXME: Reference?
776       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
777         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
778 
779       // C90 6.3.2.2:
780       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
781       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
782       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
783       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
784       //   the function call, the declaration
785       //
786       //     extern int identifier ();
787       //
788       //   appeared.
789       //
790       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
791       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
792         Result.addDecl(D);
793         Result.resolveKind();
794         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
795       }
796     }
797 
798     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
799     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
800     // "struct", or "union".
801     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
802         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
803       break;
804     }
805 
806     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
807     // close to this name.
808     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
809       SecondTry = true;
810       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
811                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
812                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
813                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
814         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
815         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
816 
817         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
818         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
819           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
820         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
821             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
822           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
823           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
824         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
825                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
827                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
828           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
829           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
830         }
831 
832         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
833           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
834         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
835           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
836           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
837                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
838           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
839                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
840                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
841         }
842 
843         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
844         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
845 
846         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
847         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
848           return Name;
849 
850         // Also update the LookupResult...
851         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
852         Result.clear();
853         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
854         if (FirstDecl)
855           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
856 
857         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
858         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
859         // reference the ivar.
860         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
861         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
862           Result.clear();
863           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
864           return E;
865         }
866 
867         goto Corrected;
868       }
869     }
870 
871     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
872     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
873     return NameClassification::Unknown();
874 
875   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
876     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
877     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
878     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
879 
880     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
881     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
882     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
883     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
884     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
885     //
886     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
887     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
888     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
889     // keyword here.
890     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
891                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
892                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
893   }
894 
895   case LookupResult::Found:
896   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
897   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
898     break;
899 
900   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
901     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
902         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
903       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
904       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
905       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
906       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
907       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
908       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
909       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
910       //   ambiguous.
911       //
912       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
913       // so try again after filtering out template names.
914       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
915       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
916         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
917         break;
918       }
919     }
920 
921     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
922     return NameClassification::Error();
923   }
924 
925   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
926       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
927     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
928     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
929     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
930     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
931     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
932     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
933     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
934       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
935 
936     if (!Result.empty()) {
937       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
938       bool IsVarTemplate;
939       TemplateName Template;
940       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
941         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
942         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
943                                                      Result.end());
944       } else {
945         TemplateDecl *TD
946           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
947         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
948         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
949 
950         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
951           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
952                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
953                                                       TD);
954         else
955           Template = TemplateName(TD);
956       }
957 
958       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
959         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
960         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
961         // to based on which function we selected.
962         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
963 
964         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
965       }
966 
967       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
968                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
969     }
970   }
971 
972   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
973   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
974     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
975     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
976     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
977     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
978       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
979     return ParsedType::make(T);
980   }
981 
982   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
983   if (!Class) {
984     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
985     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
986             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
987       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
988   }
989 
990   if (Class) {
991     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
992 
993     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
994       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
995       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
996       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
997       return NameClassification::Unknown();
998     }
999 
1000     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1001     return ParsedType::make(T);
1002   }
1003 
1004   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1005   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1006     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1007         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1008 
1009   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1010   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1011   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
1012   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1013        (NextIsOp &&
1014         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1015       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1016     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1017     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1018     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1019     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1020       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1021     return ParsedType::make(T);
1022   }
1023 
1024   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1025     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1026                                            nullptr);
1027 
1028   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1029   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1030 }
1031 
1032 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1033 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1034 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1035 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1036 
1037   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1038   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1039   // the context we'll need to return to.
1040   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1041   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1042   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1043   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1044   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1045   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1046   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1047   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1048   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1050     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1051 
1052     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1053     // lexical context.
1054     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1055       return DC;
1056 
1057     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1058     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1059     // class is the context we need to return to.
1060     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1061       DC = RD;
1062 
1063     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1064     // declared in.
1065     return DC;
1066   }
1067 
1068   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1069 }
1070 
1071 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1072   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1073       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1074   CurContext = DC;
1075   S->setEntity(DC);
1076 }
1077 
1078 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1079   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1080 
1081   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1082   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1083 }
1084 
1085 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1086 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1087 ///
1088 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1089   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1090   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1091   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1092   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1093   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1094   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1095   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1096   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1097   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1098   //   namespace.
1099   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1100   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1101   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1102   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1103   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1104 
1105   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1106 
1107 #ifndef NDEBUG
1108   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1109   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1110   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1111 #endif
1112 
1113   CurContext = DC;
1114   S->setEntity(DC);
1115 }
1116 
1117 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1118   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1119 
1120   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1121   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1122   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1123   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1124   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1125 
1126   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1127   // disappear.
1128 }
1129 
1130 
1131 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1132   // We assume that the caller has already called
1133   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1134   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1135   if (!FD)
1136     return;
1137 
1138   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1139   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1140   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1141     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1142   CurContext = FD;
1143   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1144 
1145   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1146     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1147     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1148     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1149       S->AddDecl(Param);
1150       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1151     }
1152   }
1153 }
1154 
1155 
1156 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1157   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1158   // rather than the top-level class.
1159   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1160   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1161   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1162 }
1163 
1164 
1165 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1166 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1167 ///
1168 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1169 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1170 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1171 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1172 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1173 /// attribute.
1174 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1175                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1176   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1177     return true;
1178 
1179   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1180     return true;
1181 
1182   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1183           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1184 }
1185 
1186 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1187 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1188   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1189   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1190   // scope.
1191   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1192     S = S->getParent();
1193 
1194   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1195   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1196   // into any context.
1197   if (AddToContext)
1198     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1199 
1200   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1201   // are function-local declarations.
1202   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1203       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1204         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1205       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1206     return;
1207 
1208   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1209   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1210       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1211     return;
1212 
1213   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1214   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1215                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1216   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1217     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1218       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1219       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1220 
1221       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1222       break;
1223     }
1224   }
1225 
1226   S->AddDecl(D);
1227 
1228   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1229     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1230     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1231     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1232     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1233       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1234       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1235         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1236           continue;
1237       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1238         break;
1239     }
1240 
1241     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1242   } else {
1243     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1244   }
1245 }
1246 
1247 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1248   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1249     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1250 }
1251 
1252 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1253                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1254   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1255 }
1256 
1257 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1258   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1259   do {
1260     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1261       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1262         return S;
1263   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1264 
1265   return nullptr;
1266 }
1267 
1268 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1269                                             DeclContext*,
1270                                             ASTContext&);
1271 
1272 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1273 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1274 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1275                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1276                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1277   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1278   while (F.hasNext()) {
1279     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1280 
1281     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1282       continue;
1283 
1284     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1285       continue;
1286 
1287     F.erase();
1288   }
1289 
1290   F.done();
1291 }
1292 
1293 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1294   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1295          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1296          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1297 }
1298 
1299 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1300 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1301   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1302   while (F.hasNext())
1303     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1304       F.erase();
1305 
1306   F.done();
1307 }
1308 
1309 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1310 /// @code
1311 /// class S {
1312 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1313 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1314 /// };
1315 /// @endcode
1316 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1317   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1318   // the decl here.
1319   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1320     return false;
1321 
1322   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1323     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1324   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1325     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1326   return false;
1327 }
1328 
1329 // We need this to handle
1330 //
1331 // typedef struct {
1332 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1333 // } A;
1334 //
1335 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1336 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1337 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1338 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1339 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1340 // not.
1341 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1342   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1343   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1344     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1345       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1346         return true;
1347     }
1348     DC = DC->getParent();
1349   }
1350 
1351   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1352 }
1353 
1354 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1355 // these semantics.
1356 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1357   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1358     return false;
1359   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1360 }
1361 
1362 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1363   assert(D);
1364 
1365   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1366     return false;
1367 
1368   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1369   // of members of class templates.
1370   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1371       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1372     return false;
1373 
1374   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1375     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1376       return false;
1377 
1378     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1379       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1380         return false;
1381     } else {
1382       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1383       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1384         return false;
1385     }
1386 
1387     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1388         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1389       return false;
1390   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1391     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1392     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1393     // like "inline".)
1394     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1395       return false;
1396 
1397     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1398       return false;
1399 
1400     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1401         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1402       return false;
1403   } else {
1404     return false;
1405   }
1406 
1407   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1408   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1409   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1410   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1411 }
1412 
1413 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1414   if (!D)
1415     return;
1416 
1417   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1418     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1419     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1420       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1421   }
1422 
1423   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1424     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1425     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1426       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1427   }
1428 
1429   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1430     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1431 }
1432 
1433 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1434   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1435     return false;
1436 
1437   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1438       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1439     return false;
1440 
1441   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1442     return true;
1443 
1444   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1445   // functions.
1446   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1447   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1448     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1449     WithinFunction =
1450         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1451   if (!WithinFunction)
1452     return false;
1453 
1454   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1455     return true;
1456 
1457   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1458   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1459     return false;
1460 
1461   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1462   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1463 
1464     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1465     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1466 
1467     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1468     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1469       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1470         return false;
1471     }
1472 
1473     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1474     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1475     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1476       return false;
1477 
1478     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1479       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1480       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1481         return false;
1482 
1483       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1484         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1485           return false;
1486 
1487         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1488           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1489                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1490             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1491           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1492             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1493           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1494             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1495             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1496               return false;
1497           }
1498         }
1499       }
1500     }
1501 
1502     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1503   }
1504 
1505   return true;
1506 }
1507 
1508 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1509                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1510   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1511     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1512                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1513     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1514       return;
1515     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1516                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1517   }
1518   return;
1519 }
1520 
1521 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1522   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1523     return;
1524 
1525   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1526     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1527       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1528     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1529       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1530   }
1531 }
1532 
1533 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1534 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1535 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1536   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1537     return;
1538 
1539   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1540     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1541     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1542     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1543     return;
1544   }
1545 
1546   FixItHint Hint;
1547   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1548 
1549   unsigned DiagID;
1550   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1551     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1552   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1553     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1554   else
1555     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1556 
1557   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1558 }
1559 
1560 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1561   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1562   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1563   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1564   // MS inline assembly label name.
1565   bool Diagnose = false;
1566   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1567     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1568   else
1569     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1570   if (Diagnose)
1571     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1572 }
1573 
1574 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1575   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1576 
1577   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1578   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1579          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1580 
1581   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1582     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1583 
1584     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1585     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1586 
1587     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1588 
1589     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1590     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1591       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1592       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1593         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1594     }
1595 
1596     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1597     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1598       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1599 
1600     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1601     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1602   }
1603 }
1604 
1605 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1606 ///
1607 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1608 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1609 /// to the fixed name.
1610 ///
1611 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1612 ///
1613 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1614 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1615 ///
1616 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1617 /// class could not be found.
1618 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1619                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1620                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1621   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1622   // creation from this context.
1623   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1624 
1625   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1626     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1627     // find an Objective-C class name.
1628     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1629             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1630             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1631             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1632       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1633       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1634       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1635     }
1636   }
1637   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1638   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1639   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1640       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1641   return Def;
1642 }
1643 
1644 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1645 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1646 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1647 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1648 /// ill-formed in C++:
1649 /// @code
1650 /// struct S6 {
1651 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1652 /// };
1653 ///
1654 /// void test_S6() {
1655 ///   struct S6 a;
1656 ///   a.e = BAR;
1657 /// }
1658 /// @endcode
1659 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1660 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1661 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1662 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1663 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1664 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1665 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1666 /// contain non-field names.
1667 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1668   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1669          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1670          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1671     S = S->getParent();
1672   return S;
1673 }
1674 
1675 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1676 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1677 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1678 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1679 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1680                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1681   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1682     return;
1683   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1684 
1685   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1686                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1687   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1688   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1689     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1690       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1691 }
1692 
1693 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1694   switch (Error) {
1695   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1696     return "";
1697   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1698     return "stdio.h";
1699   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1700     return "setjmp.h";
1701   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1702     return "ucontext.h";
1703   }
1704   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1705 }
1706 
1707 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1708 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1709 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1710 /// built-in.
1711 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1712                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1713                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1714   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1715 
1716   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1717   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1718   if (Error) {
1719     if (ForRedeclaration)
1720       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1721           << getHeaderName(Error)
1722           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1723     return nullptr;
1724   }
1725 
1726   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1727     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1728       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1729       << R;
1730     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1731         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1732       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1733           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1734           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1735   }
1736 
1737   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1738   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1739     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1740         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1741                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1742     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1743     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1744     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1745   }
1746 
1747   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1748                                            Parent,
1749                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1750                                            SC_Extern,
1751                                            false,
1752                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1753   New->setImplicit();
1754 
1755   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1756   // FunctionDecl.
1757   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1758     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1759     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1760       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1761           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1762                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1763                               SC_None, nullptr);
1764       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1765       Params.push_back(parm);
1766     }
1767     New->setParams(Params);
1768   }
1769 
1770   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1771   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1772 
1773   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1774   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1775   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1776   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1777   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1778   CurContext = Parent;
1779   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1780   CurContext = SavedContext;
1781   return New;
1782 }
1783 
1784 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1785 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1786 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1787 /// entity.
1788 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1789                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1790                                               LookupResult &previous){
1791   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1792   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1793     return;
1794 
1795   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1796   if (previous.empty())
1797     return;
1798 
1799   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1800   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1801     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1802 
1803     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1804     if (!old->isHidden())
1805       continue;
1806 
1807     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1808       filter.erase();
1809   }
1810 
1811   filter.done();
1812 }
1813 
1814 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1815 /// entity if their types are the same.
1816 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1817 /// isSameEntity.
1818 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1819                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1820                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1821   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1822   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1823     return;
1824 
1825   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1826   if (Previous.empty())
1827     return;
1828 
1829   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1830   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1831     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1832 
1833     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1834     if (!Old->isHidden())
1835       continue;
1836 
1837     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1838     // different linkages.
1839     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1840       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1841                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1842         continue;
1843 
1844       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1845       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1846       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName() &&
1847           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1848         continue;
1849     }
1850 
1851     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1852       Filter.erase();
1853   }
1854 
1855   Filter.done();
1856 }
1857 
1858 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1859   QualType OldType;
1860   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1861     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1862   else
1863     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1864   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1865 
1866   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1867     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1868     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1869     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1870       << Kind << NewType;
1871     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1872       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1873     New->setInvalidDecl();
1874     return true;
1875   }
1876 
1877   if (OldType != NewType &&
1878       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1879       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1880       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1881     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1882     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1883       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1884     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1885       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1886     New->setInvalidDecl();
1887     return true;
1888   }
1889   return false;
1890 }
1891 
1892 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1893 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1894 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1895 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1896 ///
1897 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1898   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1899   // merging checks.
1900   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1901 
1902   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1903   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1904   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1905     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1906     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1907     default: break;
1908     case 2:
1909       {
1910         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1911           break;
1912         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1913         if (!T->isPointerType())
1914           break;
1915         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1916           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1917           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1918             break;
1919         }
1920         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1921         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1922         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1923         return;
1924       }
1925     case 5:
1926       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1927         break;
1928       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1929       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1930       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1931       return;
1932     case 3:
1933       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1934         break;
1935       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1936       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1937       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1938       return;
1939     }
1940     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1941   }
1942 
1943   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1944   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1945   if (!Old) {
1946     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1947       << New->getDeclName();
1948 
1949     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1950     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1951       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1952 
1953     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1954   }
1955 
1956   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1957   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1958     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1959 
1960   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1961     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1962     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1963     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1964     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1965         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1966         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1967       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1968       // instead of our tag.
1969       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1970       if (OldTD->isModed())
1971         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1972                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1973       else
1974         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1975 
1976       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1977       if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
1978         Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1979       Hidden->setHidden(false);
1980     }
1981   }
1982 
1983   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1984   // with any extensions enabled.
1985   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1986     return;
1987 
1988   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1989   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1990   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1991     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1992     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1993   }
1994 
1995   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1996     return;
1997 
1998   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1999     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2000     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2001     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2002     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2003     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2004       return;
2005 
2006     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2007     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2008     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2009     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2010     //
2011     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2012     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2013     //
2014     //   struct S {
2015     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2016     //   };
2017     //
2018     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2019     // allow the above but disallow
2020     //
2021     //   struct S {
2022     //     typedef int I;
2023     //     typedef int I;
2024     //   };
2025     //
2026     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2027     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2028       return;
2029 
2030     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2031       << New->getDeclName();
2032     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2033     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2034   }
2035 
2036   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2037   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2038     return;
2039 
2040   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2041   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2042   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2043   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2044   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2045       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2046        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2047     return;
2048 
2049   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2050     << New->getDeclName();
2051   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2052 }
2053 
2054 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2055 /// attribute.
2056 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2057   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2058   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2059   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2060     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2061       if (Ann) {
2062         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2063           return true;
2064         continue;
2065       }
2066       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2067       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2068         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2069       return true;
2070     }
2071 
2072   return false;
2073 }
2074 
2075 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2076   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2077     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2078   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2079     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2080   return true;
2081 }
2082 
2083 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2084 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2085 ///
2086 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2087 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2088   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2089   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2090   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2091   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2092   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2093   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2094     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2095     // in a case like:
2096     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2097     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2098     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2099     // definition in such a case.
2100     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2101       return false;
2102 
2103     if (I->isAlignas())
2104       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2105 
2106     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2107     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2108       OldAlign = Align;
2109       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2110     }
2111   }
2112 
2113   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2114   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2115   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2116   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2117     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2118       return false;
2119 
2120     if (I->isAlignas())
2121       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2122 
2123     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2124     if (Align > NewAlign)
2125       NewAlign = Align;
2126   }
2127 
2128   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2129     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2130     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2131     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2132     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2133 
2134     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2135     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2136     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2137       QualType Ty;
2138       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2139         Ty = VD->getType();
2140       else
2141         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2142 
2143       if (OldAlign == 0)
2144         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2145       if (NewAlign == 0)
2146         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2147     }
2148 
2149     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2150       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2151         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2152         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2153       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2154     }
2155   }
2156 
2157   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2158     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2159     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2160     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2161     //   equivalent alignment.
2162     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2163     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2164     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2165     //   have no alignment specifier.
2166     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2167       << OldAlignasAttr;
2168     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2169       << OldAlignasAttr;
2170   }
2171 
2172   bool AnyAdded = false;
2173 
2174   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2175   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2176     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2177     Clone->setInherited(true);
2178     New->addAttr(Clone);
2179     AnyAdded = true;
2180   }
2181 
2182   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2183   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2184       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2185     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2186     Clone->setInherited(true);
2187     New->addAttr(Clone);
2188     AnyAdded = true;
2189   }
2190 
2191   return AnyAdded;
2192 }
2193 
2194 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2195                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2196   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2197   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2198   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2199     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2200                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2201                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2202                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2203                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2204   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2205     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2206                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2207   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2208     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2209                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2210   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2211     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2212                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2213   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2214     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2215                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2217     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2218                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2219                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2220   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2221     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2222                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2223   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2224     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2225                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2226                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2227   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2228     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2229                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2230                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2231   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2232     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2233   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2234     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2235   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2236     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2237     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2238     NewAttr = nullptr;
2239   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2240     NewAttr = nullptr;
2241   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2242     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2243 
2244   if (NewAttr) {
2245     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2246     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2247     return true;
2248   }
2249 
2250   return false;
2251 }
2252 
2253 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2254   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2255     return TD->getDefinition();
2256   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2257     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2258     if (Def)
2259       return Def;
2260     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2261   }
2262   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2263     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2264     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2265       return Def;
2266   }
2267   return nullptr;
2268 }
2269 
2270 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2271   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2272     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2273       return true;
2274   return false;
2275 }
2276 
2277 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2278 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2279 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2280   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2281     return;
2282 
2283   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2284   if (!Def || Def == New)
2285     return;
2286 
2287   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2288   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2289     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2290 
2291     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2292       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2293         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2294       else {
2295         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2296         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2297                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2298                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2299                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2300         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2301         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2302         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2303       }
2304       ++I;
2305       continue;
2306     }
2307 
2308     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2309       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2310       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2311         ++I;
2312         continue;
2313       }
2314     }
2315 
2316     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2317       ++I;
2318       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2319     }
2320 
2321     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2322       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2323       ++I;
2324       continue;
2325     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2326       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2327         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2328         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2329         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2330         //   equivalent alignment.
2331         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2332         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2333         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2334         //   have no alignment specifier.
2335         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2336           << AA;
2337         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2338           << AA;
2339         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2340         --E;
2341         continue;
2342       }
2343     }
2344 
2345     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2346            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2347     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2348     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2349     --E;
2350   }
2351 }
2352 
2353 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2354 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2355                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2356   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2357     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2358     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2359     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2360   }
2361 
2362   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2363     return;
2364 
2365   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2366   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2367 
2368   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2369     return;
2370 
2371   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2372 
2373   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2374   // we process them.
2375   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2376 
2377   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2378     bool Override = false;
2379     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2380     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2381         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2382         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2383       switch (AMK) {
2384       case AMK_None:
2385         continue;
2386 
2387       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2388         break;
2389 
2390       case AMK_Override:
2391         Override = true;
2392         break;
2393       }
2394     }
2395 
2396     // Already handled.
2397     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2398       continue;
2399 
2400     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2401       foundAny = true;
2402   }
2403 
2404   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2405     foundAny = true;
2406 
2407   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2408 }
2409 
2410 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2411 /// to the new one.
2412 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2413                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2414                                      Sema &S) {
2415   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2416   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2417   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2418   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2419   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2420   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2421     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2422            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2423     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2424     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2425     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2426       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2427     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2428       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2429     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2430            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2431   }
2432 
2433   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2434     return;
2435 
2436   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2437 
2438   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2439   // done before we process them.
2440   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2441 
2442   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2443     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2444       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2445         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2446       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2447       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2448       foundAny = true;
2449     }
2450   }
2451 
2452   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2453 }
2454 
2455 namespace {
2456 
2457 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2458 /// C.
2459 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2460   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2461   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2462   QualType PromotedType;
2463 };
2464 
2465 }
2466 
2467 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2468 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2469   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2470     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2471       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2472 
2473     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2474       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2475 
2476     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2477       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2478   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2479     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2480   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2481     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2482   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2483     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2484   }
2485 
2486   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2487 }
2488 
2489 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2490 // declaration, or a declaration.
2491 template <typename T>
2492 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2493 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2494   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2495   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2496   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2497     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2498   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2499     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2500     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2501       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2502   } else
2503     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2504   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2505 }
2506 
2507 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2508 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2509 /// GNU89 mode.
2510 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2511                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2512   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2513           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2514           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2515           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2516 }
2517 
2518 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2519   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2520   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2521     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2522   return AT;
2523 }
2524 
2525 template <typename T>
2526 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2527   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2528   if (DC->isRecord())
2529     return false;
2530 
2531   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2532   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2533     return true;
2534   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2535     return true;
2536   return false;
2537 }
2538 
2539 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2540 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2541 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2542 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2543 ///
2544 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2545 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2546 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2547 /// merged with.
2548 ///
2549 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2550 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2551                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2552   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2553   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2554   if (!Old) {
2555     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2556       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2557         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2558         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2559              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2560         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2561              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2562         return true;
2563       }
2564 
2565       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2566       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2567       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2568       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2569       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2570 
2571       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2572       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2573       if (Old &&
2574           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2575               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2576           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2577         Old = nullptr;
2578 
2579       if (!Old) {
2580         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2581         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2582              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2583         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2584         return true;
2585       }
2586       OldD = Old;
2587     } else {
2588       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2589         << New->getDeclName();
2590       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2591       return true;
2592     }
2593   }
2594 
2595   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2596   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2597     return true;
2598 
2599   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2600   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2601   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2602       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2603 
2604   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2605   // is an extern inline function.
2606   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2607   // storage classes.
2608   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2609       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2610       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2611       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2612       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2613     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2614       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2615       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2616     } else {
2617       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2618       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2619       return true;
2620     }
2621   }
2622 
2623 
2624   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2625   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2626   // convention of the first.
2627   //
2628   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2629   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2630   //
2631   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2632   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2633   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2634   //
2635   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2636   // other tests to run.
2637   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2638   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2639   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2640   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2641   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2642   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2643   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2644 
2645   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2646     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2647     const FunctionType *FT =
2648         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2649     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2650     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2651     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2652       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2653       // there but not here.
2654       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2655       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2656     } else {
2657       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2658       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2659       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2660         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2661         << !FirstCCExplicit
2662         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2663             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2664 
2665       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2666       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2667       return true;
2668     }
2669   }
2670 
2671   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2672   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2673     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2674     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2675   }
2676 
2677   // Merge regparm attribute.
2678   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2679       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2680     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2681       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2682         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2683         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2684       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2685       return true;
2686     }
2687 
2688     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2689     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2690   }
2691 
2692   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2693   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2694     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2695       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2696       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2697       return true;
2698     }
2699 
2700     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2701     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2702   }
2703 
2704   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2705     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2706     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2707     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2708     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2709     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2710   }
2711 
2712   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2713   // UndefinedButUsed.
2714   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2715       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2716       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2717       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2718       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2719     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2720                                            SourceLocation()));
2721 
2722   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2723   // about it.
2724   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2725       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2726     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2727   }
2728 
2729   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2730     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2731     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2732     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2733     //        cannot be overloaded.
2734 
2735     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2736     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2737     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2738     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2739     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2740     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2741         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2742              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2743              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2744     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2745         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2746              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2747              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2748     QualType ResQT;
2749     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2750         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2751           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2752       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2753           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2754         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2755       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2756         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2757           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2758               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2759         else
2760           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2761               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2762         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2763                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2764         return true;
2765       }
2766       else
2767         NewQType = ResQT;
2768     }
2769 
2770     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2771     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2772     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2773       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2774       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2775       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2776       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2777         New->setType(
2778             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2779                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2780                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2781         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2782             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2783                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2784                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2785       }
2786     }
2787 
2788     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2789     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2790     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2791       // Preserve triviality.
2792       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2793 
2794       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2795       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2796       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2797       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2798                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2799                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2800       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2801 
2802       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2803           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2804         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2805         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2806         //       is a static member function declaration.
2807         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2808           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2809           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2810           return true;
2811         }
2812 
2813         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2814         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2815         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2816         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2817         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2818           unsigned NewDiag;
2819           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2820             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2821           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2822             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2823           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2824             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2825           else
2826             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2827 
2828           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2829         } else {
2830           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2831             << New << New->getType();
2832         }
2833         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2834         return true;
2835 
2836       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2837       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2838       //
2839       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2840       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2841       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2842         if (isFriend) {
2843           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2844         } else {
2845           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2846                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2847             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2848           return true;
2849         }
2850       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2851         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2852              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2853           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2854         return true;
2855       }
2856     }
2857 
2858     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2859     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2860     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2861     //   attribute.
2862     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2863     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2864       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2865       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2866            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2867     }
2868 
2869     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2870     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2871     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2872     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2873     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2874     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2875       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2876            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2877       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2878            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2879     }
2880 
2881     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2882     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2883     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2884     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2885 
2886     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2887     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2888     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2889       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2890       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2891         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2892       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2893       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2894     }
2895 
2896     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2897       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2898       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2899       //
2900       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2901       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2902       // linkage within class scope.
2903       //
2904       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2905       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2906         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2907         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2908       } else {
2909         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2910         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2911         return true;
2912       }
2913     }
2914 
2915     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2916       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2917 
2918     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2919         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2920       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2921       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2922       // when we instantiate the function.
2923       return false;
2924     }
2925 
2926     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2927   }
2928 
2929   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2930   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2931   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2932       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2933     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2934     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2935     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2936     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2937         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2938       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2939       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2940       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2941       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2942       NewQType =
2943           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2944                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2945       New->setType(NewQType);
2946       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2947 
2948       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2949       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2950       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2951         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2952                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2953                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2954                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2955         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2956         Param->setImplicit();
2957         Params.push_back(Param);
2958       }
2959 
2960       New->setParams(Params);
2961     }
2962 
2963     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2964   }
2965 
2966   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2967   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2968   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2969   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2970   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2971   // the prototype.
2972   //
2973   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2974   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2975   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2976   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2977   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2978       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2979       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2980       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2981     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2982     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2983     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2984       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2985     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2986       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2987 
2988     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2989     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2990                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2991     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2992     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2993          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2994       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2995       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2996       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2997                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2998         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2999       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3000                                             NewParm->getType(),
3001                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3002         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3003                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3004         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3005         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3006       } else
3007         LooseCompatible = false;
3008     }
3009 
3010     if (LooseCompatible) {
3011       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3012         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3013              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3014           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3015           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3016         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3017           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3018                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3019       }
3020 
3021       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3022         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3023                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3024       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3025     }
3026 
3027     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3028   }
3029 
3030   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3031   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3032 
3033   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3034   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3035   unsigned BuiltinID;
3036   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3037     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3038     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3039     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3040       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3041       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3042         << Old << Old->getType();
3043 
3044       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3045       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3046       //
3047       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3048       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3049       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3050       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3051       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3052       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3053         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
3054 
3055       return false;
3056     }
3057 
3058     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3059   }
3060 
3061   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3062   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3063   return true;
3064 }
3065 
3066 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3067 /// known to be compatible.
3068 ///
3069 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3070 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3071 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3072 /// redeclaration of Old.
3073 ///
3074 /// \returns false
3075 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3076                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3077   // Merge the attributes
3078   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3079 
3080   // Merge "pure" flag.
3081   if (Old->isPure())
3082     New->setPure();
3083 
3084   // Merge "used" flag.
3085   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3086     New->setIsUsed();
3087 
3088   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3089   // declarations.
3090   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3091     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3092       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3093                                *this);
3094 
3095   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3096     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3097 
3098   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3099   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3100   // was visible.
3101   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3102   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3103     New->setType(Merged);
3104 
3105   return false;
3106 }
3107 
3108 
3109 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3110                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3111 
3112   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3113   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3114     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3115                                                    : AMK_Override;
3116   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3117 
3118   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3119   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3120                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3121   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3122          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3123        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3124     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3125 
3126   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3127 }
3128 
3129 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3130 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3131 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3132 ///
3133 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3134 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3135 /// is attached.
3136 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3137                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3138   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3139     return;
3140 
3141   QualType MergedT;
3142   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3143     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3144       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3145       return;
3146     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3147       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3148       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3149     }
3150     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3151     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3152     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3153     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3154     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3155     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3156              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3157       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3158       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3159       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3160                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3161         MergedT = New->getType();
3162     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3163                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3164       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3165       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3166       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3167                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3168         MergedT = Old->getType();
3169     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3170                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3171       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3172                                               Old->getType());
3173     }
3174   } else {
3175     // C 6.2.7p2:
3176     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3177     //   compatible type.
3178     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3179   }
3180   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3181     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3182     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3183     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3184     // equivalent.
3185     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3186     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3187          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3188       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3189       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3190       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3191       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3192         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3193       return;
3194     }
3195 
3196     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3197     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3198     //
3199     //   extern int arr[];
3200     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3201     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3202     //
3203     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3204     // to diagnose it.
3205     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3206       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3207     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3208     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3209   }
3210 
3211   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3212   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3213   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3214     New->setType(MergedT);
3215 }
3216 
3217 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3218                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3219   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3220   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3221   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3222   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3223   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3224   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3225   //
3226   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3227   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3228     return false;
3229 
3230   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3231     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3232     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3233     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3234     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3235     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3236            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3237             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3238   } else {
3239     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3240     // type unless we're in the same function.
3241     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3242            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3243   }
3244 }
3245 
3246 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3247 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3248 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3249 ///
3250 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3251 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3252 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3253 ///
3254 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3255   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3256   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3257     return;
3258 
3259   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3260 
3261   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3262   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3263   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3264   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3265     if (NewTemplate) {
3266       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3267       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3268     } else
3269       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3270   }
3271   if (!Old) {
3272     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3273       << New->getDeclName();
3274     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3275          diag::note_previous_definition);
3276     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3277   }
3278 
3279   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3280     return;
3281 
3282   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3283   if (NewTemplate &&
3284       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3285                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3286                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3287     return;
3288 
3289   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3290   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3291   //
3292   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3293   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3294     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3295       << New->getIdentifier();
3296     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3297     New->setInvalidDecl();
3298   }
3299 
3300   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3301   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3302   // declaration
3303   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3304       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3305       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3306     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3307     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3308     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3309     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3310   }
3311 
3312   // Merge the types.
3313   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3314   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3315     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3316                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3317     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3318       return;
3319   }
3320 
3321   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3322   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3323     return;
3324 
3325   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3326   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3327   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3328       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3329 
3330   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3331   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3332       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3333       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3334     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3335       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3336           << New->getDeclName();
3337       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3338     } else {
3339       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3340           << New->getDeclName();
3341       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3342       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3343     }
3344   }
3345   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3346   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3347   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3348   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3349   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3350   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3351   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3352   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3353   //   identifier has external linkage.
3354   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3355     /* Okay */;
3356   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3357            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3358            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3359     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3360     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3361     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3362   }
3363 
3364   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3365   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3366       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3367     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3368     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3369     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3370   }
3371   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3372       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3373     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3374     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3375     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3376   }
3377 
3378   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3379 
3380   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3381   // need to check for mismatches.
3382   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3383       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3384       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3385         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3386     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3387     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3388     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3389   }
3390 
3391   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3392     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3393       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3394       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3395     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3396       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3397       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3398     } else {
3399       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3400       // static and dynamic initialization.
3401       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3402       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3403       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3404         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3405       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3406     }
3407   }
3408 
3409   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3410   const VarDecl *Def;
3411   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3412       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3413       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3414     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3415     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3416     New->setInvalidDecl();
3417     return;
3418   }
3419 
3420   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3421     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3422     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3423     New->setInvalidDecl();
3424     return;
3425   }
3426 
3427   // Merge "used" flag.
3428   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3429     New->setIsUsed();
3430 
3431   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3432   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3433   if (NewTemplate)
3434     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3435 
3436   // Inherit access appropriately.
3437   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3438   if (NewTemplate)
3439     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3440 }
3441 
3442 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3443 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3444 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3445                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3446   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3447 }
3448 
3449 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3450 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3451 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3452 // compatibility.
3453 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3454 // targeted.
3455 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3456   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(19) ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3457                                      : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3458 }
3459 
3460 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3461   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3462     return;
3463 
3464   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3465     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3466     // it is anonymous.
3467     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3468       return;
3469     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3470         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3471     Context.setManglingNumber(
3472         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3473                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3474     return;
3475   }
3476 
3477   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3478   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3479   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3480           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3481     Context.setManglingNumber(
3482         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3483                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3484   }
3485 }
3486 
3487 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3488                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3489   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3490   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3491   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3492     return;
3493   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3494     return;
3495 
3496   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3497   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3498 
3499   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3500   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3501                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3502     return;
3503 
3504   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3505   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3506   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3507   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3508   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3509   // for how to handle it.
3510   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3511     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3512 
3513     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3514     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3515 
3516     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3517     textToInsert += ' ';
3518     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3519     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3520         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3521     return;
3522   }
3523 
3524   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3525   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3526 }
3527 
3528 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3529 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3530 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3531 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3532                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3533                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3534                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3535   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3536   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3537   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3538       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3539       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3540       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3541       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3542     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3543 
3544     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3545       return nullptr;
3546 
3547     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3548     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3549     // it's a Type.
3550     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3551       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3552     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3553       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3554   }
3555 
3556   if (Tag) {
3557     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3558     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3559     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3560       return Tag;
3561   }
3562 
3563   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3564     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3565     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3566     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3567       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3568            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3569            << DS.getSourceRange();
3570   }
3571 
3572   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3573     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3574     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3575     if (Tag)
3576       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3577         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3578             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3579             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3580             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3581     else
3582       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3583     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3584     return TagD;
3585   }
3586 
3587   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3588 
3589   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3590     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3591     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3592     if (TagD && !Tag)
3593       return nullptr;
3594     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3595   }
3596 
3597   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3598   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3599     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3600   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3601       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3602     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3603     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3604     // or an explicit specialization.
3605     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3606     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3607       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3608           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3609           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3610           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3611       << SS.getRange();
3612     return nullptr;
3613   }
3614 
3615   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3616   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3617 
3618   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3619   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3620     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3621         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3622       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3623           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3624         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3625                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3626 
3627       DeclaresAnything = false;
3628     }
3629   }
3630 
3631   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3632   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3633   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3634   //
3635   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3636   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3637   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3638       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3639     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3640     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3641     //   struct STRUCT;
3642     //   union UNION;
3643     // and
3644     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3645     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3646     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3647         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3648       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3649       if (Tag)
3650         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3651       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3652                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3653         Record = RT->getDecl();
3654       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3655         Record = UT->getDecl();
3656 
3657       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3658         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3659           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3660         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3661       }
3662 
3663       DeclaresAnything = false;
3664     }
3665   }
3666 
3667   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3668   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3669       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3670     return TagD;
3671 
3672   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3673       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3674     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3675       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3676           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3677         DeclaresAnything = false;
3678 
3679   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3680     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3681     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3682       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3683         << DS.getSourceRange();
3684     else
3685       DeclaresAnything = false;
3686   }
3687 
3688   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3689       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3690     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3691       << Tag->getTagKind()
3692       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3693 
3694   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3695 
3696   // C 6.7/2:
3697   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3698   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3699   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3700   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3701   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3702   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3703   //   previous declaration.
3704   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3705     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3706     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3707     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3708     return TagD;
3709   }
3710 
3711   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3712   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3713   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3714   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3715   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3716   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3717   //
3718   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3719   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3720   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3721     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3722 
3723   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3724   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3725   // useless.
3726   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3727     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3728       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3729       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3730       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3731     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3732       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3733         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3734   }
3735 
3736   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3737     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3738       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3739   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3740     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3741       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3742     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3743       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3744     // Restrict is covered above.
3745     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3746       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3747   }
3748 
3749   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3750   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3751   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3752   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3753     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3754     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3755         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3756         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3757         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3758         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3759       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3760       while (attrs) {
3761         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3762         << attrs->getName()
3763         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3764             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3765             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3766             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3767         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3768       }
3769     }
3770   }
3771 
3772   return TagD;
3773 }
3774 
3775 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3776 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3777 ///
3778 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3779 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3780                                          Scope *S,
3781                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3782                                          DeclarationName Name,
3783                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3784                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3785   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3786                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3787   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3788 
3789   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3790     return false;
3791 
3792   // Pick a representative declaration.
3793   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3794   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3795 
3796   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3797     return false;
3798 
3799   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3800   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3801 
3802   return true;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3806 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3807 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3808 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3809 /// struct, e.g.,
3810 ///
3811 /// @code
3812 /// union {
3813 ///   int i;
3814 ///   float f;
3815 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3816 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3817 /// @endcode
3818 ///
3819 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3820 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3821 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3822                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3823                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3824                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3825                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3826                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3827   unsigned diagKind
3828     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3829                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3830 
3831   bool Invalid = false;
3832 
3833   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3834   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3835     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3836         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3837       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3838       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3839                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3840         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3841         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3842         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3843         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3844         Invalid = true;
3845       } else {
3846         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3847         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3848         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3849         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3850         //   anonymous union is declared.
3851         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3852         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3853           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3854         else
3855           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3856 
3857         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3858         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3859           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3860         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3861           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3862 
3863         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3864             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3865             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3866 
3867         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3868           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3869 
3870         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3871         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3872         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3873 
3874         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3875         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3876 
3877         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3878       }
3879     }
3880   }
3881 
3882   return Invalid;
3883 }
3884 
3885 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3886 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3887 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3888 static StorageClass
3889 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3890   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3891   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3892          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3893   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3894   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3895   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3896     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3897       return SC_None;
3898     return SC_Extern;
3899   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3900   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3901   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3902   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3903     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3904   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3905   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3906   }
3907   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3908 }
3909 
3910 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3911   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3912 
3913   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3914     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3915     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3916       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3917     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3918       return FD->getLocation();
3919   }
3920 
3921   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3922 }
3923 
3924 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3925                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3926   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3927     return;
3928 
3929   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3930   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3931 }
3932 
3933 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3934                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3935   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3936     return;
3937 
3938   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3939 }
3940 
3941 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3942 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3943 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3944 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3945 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3946                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3947                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3948                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3949   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3950 
3951   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3952   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3953     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3954   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3955     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3956   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3957     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3958 
3959   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3960   // structs/unions.
3961   bool Invalid = false;
3962   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3963     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3964     unsigned DiagID;
3965     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3966       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3967       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3968       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3969       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3970           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3971            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3972             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3973         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3974           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3975 
3976         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3977         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3978                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3979       }
3980       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3981       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3982       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3983       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3984                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3985         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3986              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3987           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3988 
3989         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3990         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3991                                SourceLocation(),
3992                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3993       }
3994     }
3995 
3996     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3997     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3998       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3999         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4000           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4001           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4002       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4003         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4004              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4005           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4006           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4007       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4008         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4009              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4010           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4011           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4012       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4013         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4014              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4015           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4016           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4017 
4018       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4019     }
4020 
4021     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4022     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4023     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4024     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4025     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4026       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4027         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4028         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4029         //   members (clause 11).
4030         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4031         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4032           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4033             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4034           Invalid = true;
4035         }
4036 
4037         // C++ [class.union]p1
4038         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4039         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4040         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4041         //   array of such objects.
4042         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4043           Invalid = true;
4044       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4045         // Any implicit members are fine.
4046       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4047         // This is a type that showed up in an
4048         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4049         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4050         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4051       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4052         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4053             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4054           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4055           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4056             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4057               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4058           else {
4059             // This is a nested type declaration.
4060             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4061               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4062             Invalid = true;
4063           }
4064         } else {
4065           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4066           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4067           // not part of standard C++.
4068           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4069                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4070             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4071         }
4072       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4073         // Any access specifier is fine.
4074       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4075         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4076       } else {
4077         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4078         // member. Complain about it.
4079         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4080         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4081           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4082         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4083           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4084         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4085           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4086 
4087         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4088         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4089             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4090           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4091             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4092         else {
4093           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4094               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4095           Invalid = true;
4096         }
4097       }
4098     }
4099 
4100     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4101     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4102     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4103     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4104         Owner->isRecord())
4105       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4106                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4107   }
4108 
4109   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4110     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4111       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4112     Invalid = true;
4113   }
4114 
4115   // Mock up a declarator.
4116   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4117   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4118   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4119 
4120   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4121   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4122   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4123     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4124                              DS.getLocStart(),
4125                              Record->getLocation(),
4126                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4127                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4128                              TInfo,
4129                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4130                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4131     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4132     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4133       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4134   } else {
4135     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4136     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4137     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4138       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4139       // an error here
4140       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4141       Invalid = true;
4142       SC = SC_None;
4143     }
4144 
4145     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4146                            DS.getLocStart(),
4147                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4148                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4149                            TInfo, SC);
4150 
4151     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4152     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4153     // initializer:
4154     //   union { int n = 0; };
4155     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4156   }
4157   Anon->setImplicit();
4158 
4159   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4160   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4161 
4162   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4163   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4164   // its members.
4165   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4166 
4167   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4168   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4169   // purposes.
4170   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4171   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4172 
4173   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4174                                           Chain, false))
4175     Invalid = true;
4176 
4177   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4178     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4179       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4180       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4181               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4182         Context.setManglingNumber(
4183             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4184                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4185         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4186       }
4187     }
4188   }
4189 
4190   if (Invalid)
4191     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4192 
4193   return Anon;
4194 }
4195 
4196 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4197 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4198 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4199 /// Example:
4200 ///
4201 /// struct A { int a; };
4202 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4203 ///
4204 /// void foo() {
4205 ///   B var;
4206 ///   var.a = 3;
4207 /// }
4208 ///
4209 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4210                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4211   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4212 
4213   // Mock up a declarator.
4214   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4215   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4216   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4217 
4218   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4219   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4220 
4221   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4222   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4223                              ParentDecl,
4224                              DS.getLocStart(),
4225                              DS.getLocStart(),
4226                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4227                              RecTy,
4228                              TInfo,
4229                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4230                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4231   Anon->setImplicit();
4232 
4233   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4234   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4235 
4236   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4237   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4238   // purposes.
4239   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4240   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4241 
4242   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4243   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4244                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4245       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4246                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4247     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4248     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4249   }
4250 
4251   return Anon;
4252 }
4253 
4254 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4255 /// given Declarator.
4256 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4257   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4258 }
4259 
4260 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4261 DeclarationNameInfo
4262 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4263   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4264   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4265 
4266   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4267 
4268   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4269   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4270     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4271     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4272     return NameInfo;
4273 
4274   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4275     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4276                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4277     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4278     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4279       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4280     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4281       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4282     return NameInfo;
4283 
4284   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4285     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4286                                                            Name.Identifier));
4287     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4288     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4289     return NameInfo;
4290 
4291   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4292     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4293     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4294     if (Ty.isNull())
4295       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4296     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4297                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4298     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4299     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4300     return NameInfo;
4301   }
4302 
4303   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4304     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4305     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4306     if (Ty.isNull())
4307       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4308     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4309                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4310     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4311     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4312     return NameInfo;
4313   }
4314 
4315   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4316     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4317     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4318     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4319     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4320     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4321       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4322 
4323     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4324     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4325 
4326     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4327     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4328     // was qualified.
4329 
4330     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4331                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4332     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4333     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4334     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4335     return NameInfo;
4336   }
4337 
4338   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4339     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4340     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4341     if (Ty.isNull())
4342       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4343     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4344                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4345     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4346     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4347     return NameInfo;
4348   }
4349 
4350   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4351     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4352     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4353     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4354   }
4355 
4356   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4357 
4358   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4359 }
4360 
4361 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4362   do {
4363     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4364       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4365     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4366       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4367     else
4368       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4369   } while (true);
4370 }
4371 
4372 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4373 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4374 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4375 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4376 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4377 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4378 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4379 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4380                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4381                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4382                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4383   Params.clear();
4384   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4385     return false;
4386   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4387     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4388     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4389 
4390     // The parameter types are identical
4391     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4392       continue;
4393 
4394     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4395     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4396     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4397     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4398 
4399     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4400         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4401       Params.push_back(Idx);
4402     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4403       return false;
4404   }
4405 
4406   return true;
4407 }
4408 
4409 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4410 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4411 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4412 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4413 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4414 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4415                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4416   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4417   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4418   //   - types which will become injected class names
4419   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4420   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4421   // few cases here.
4422 
4423   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4424   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4425   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4426   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4427   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4428   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4429     // Grab the type from the parser.
4430     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4431     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4432     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4433 
4434     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4435     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4436     // attached already.
4437     if (!TSI)
4438       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4439 
4440     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4441     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4442     if (!TSI) return true;
4443 
4444     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4445     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4446     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4447     break;
4448   }
4449 
4450   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4451   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4452     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4453     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4454     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4455     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4456     break;
4457   }
4458 
4459   default:
4460     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4461     break;
4462   }
4463 
4464   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4465   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4466     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4467 
4468     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4469     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4470     // pointer.
4471     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4472       continue;
4473 
4474     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4475     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4476     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4477       return true;
4478   }
4479 
4480   return false;
4481 }
4482 
4483 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4484   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4485   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4486 
4487   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4488       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4489     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4490 
4491   return Dcl;
4492 }
4493 
4494 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4495 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4496 ///   name different from T:
4497 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4498 ///     - every member function of class T
4499 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4500 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4501 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4502                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4503   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4504 
4505   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4506     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4507       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4508       return true;
4509     }
4510 
4511   return false;
4512 }
4513 
4514 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4515 /// nested-name-specifier.
4516 ///
4517 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4518 ///
4519 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4520 /// resolves.
4521 ///
4522 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4523 ///
4524 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4525 ///
4526 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4527 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4528                                         DeclarationName Name,
4529                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4530   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4531   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4532     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4533 
4534   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4535   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4536   //
4537   // class X {
4538   //   void X::f();
4539   // };
4540   //
4541   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4542   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4543   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4544     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4545       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4546                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4547         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4548       SS.clear();
4549     } else {
4550       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4551     }
4552     return false;
4553   }
4554 
4555   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4556   // declaration.
4557   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4558     if (Cur->isRecord())
4559       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4560         << Name << SS.getRange();
4561     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4562       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4563         << Name << SS.getRange();
4564     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4565       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4566         << Name << SS.getRange();
4567     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4568       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4569         << Name << SS.getRange();
4570     else
4571       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4572       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4573 
4574     return true;
4575   }
4576 
4577   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4578     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4579     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4580       << Name << SS.getRange();
4581     SS.clear();
4582 
4583     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4584     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4585     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4586     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4587          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4588         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4589                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4590       return true;
4591 
4592     return false;
4593   }
4594 
4595   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4596   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4597   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4598   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4599   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4600     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4601   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4602         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4603     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4604       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4605 
4606   return false;
4607 }
4608 
4609 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4610                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4611   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4612   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4613   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4614 
4615   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4616   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4617   if (!Name) {
4618     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4619       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4620            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4621         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4622     return nullptr;
4623   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4624     return nullptr;
4625 
4626   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4627   // we find one that is.
4628   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4629          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4630     S = S->getParent();
4631 
4632   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4633   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4634     D.setInvalidType();
4635   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4636     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4637                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4638       return nullptr;
4639 
4640     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4641     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4642     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4643       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4644       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4645       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4646       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4647       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4648            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4649         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4650         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4651       return nullptr;
4652     }
4653     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4654 
4655     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4656         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4657       return nullptr;
4658 
4659     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4660       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4661            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4662         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4663       D.setInvalidType();
4664     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4665       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4666                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4667         if (DC->isRecord())
4668           return nullptr;
4669 
4670         D.setInvalidType();
4671       }
4672     }
4673 
4674     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4675     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4676     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4677         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4678       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4679       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4680         D.setInvalidType();
4681     }
4682   }
4683 
4684   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4685     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4686     // Just return early; it's safer.
4687     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4688       return nullptr;
4689 
4690   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4691   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4692 
4693   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4694                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4695     D.setInvalidType();
4696 
4697   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4698                         ForRedeclaration);
4699 
4700   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4701   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4702     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4703     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4704 
4705     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4706     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4707     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4708     //
4709     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4710     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4711     // the same name.
4712     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4713       /* Do nothing*/;
4714     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4715              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4716               R->isFunctionType())) {
4717       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4718       CreateBuiltins =
4719           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4720     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4721                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4722       CreateBuiltins = true;
4723 
4724     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4725       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4726 
4727     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4728   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4729     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4730 
4731     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4732     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4733     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4734     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4735     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4736     //  thereof; [...]
4737     //
4738     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4739     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4740     // we want to match. For example, given:
4741     //
4742     //   class X {
4743     //     void f();
4744     //     void f(float);
4745     //   };
4746     //
4747     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4748     //
4749     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4750     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4751     // matches.
4752 
4753     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4754     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4755     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4756     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4757     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4758   }
4759 
4760   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4761       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4762     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4763     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4764       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4765                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4766 
4767     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4768     Previous.clear();
4769   }
4770 
4771   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4772   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4773   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4774   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4775   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4776       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4777     Previous.clear();
4778 
4779   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4780   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4781   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4782     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4783 
4784   NamedDecl *New;
4785 
4786   bool AddToScope = true;
4787   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4788     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4789       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4790       return nullptr;
4791     }
4792 
4793     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4794   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4795     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4796                                   TemplateParamLists,
4797                                   AddToScope);
4798   } else {
4799     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4800                                   AddToScope);
4801   }
4802 
4803   if (!New)
4804     return nullptr;
4805 
4806   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4807   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4808   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4809        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4810     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4811     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4812     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4813     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4814     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4815     if (!AddToContext)
4816       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4817   }
4818 
4819   return New;
4820 }
4821 
4822 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4823 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4824 /// GCC compatibility).
4825 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4826                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4827                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4828                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4829   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4830   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4831   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4832   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4833   SizeIsNegative = false;
4834   Oversized = 0;
4835 
4836   if (T->isDependentType())
4837     return QualType();
4838 
4839   QualifierCollector Qs;
4840   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4841 
4842   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4843     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4844     QualType FixedType =
4845         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4846                                             Oversized);
4847     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4848     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4849     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4850   }
4851   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4852     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4853     QualType FixedType =
4854         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4855                                             Oversized);
4856     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4857     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4858     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4859   }
4860 
4861   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4862   if (!VLATy)
4863     return QualType();
4864   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4865   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4866     return QualType();
4867 
4868   llvm::APSInt Res;
4869   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4870       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4871     return QualType();
4872 
4873   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4874   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4875     SizeIsNegative = true;
4876     return QualType();
4877   }
4878 
4879   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4880   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4881     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4882                                               Res);
4883   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4884     Oversized = Res;
4885     return QualType();
4886   }
4887 
4888   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4889                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4890 }
4891 
4892 static void
4893 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4894   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4895   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4896   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4897     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4898     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4899                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4900     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4901     return;
4902   }
4903   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4904     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4905     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4906                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4907     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4908     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4909     return;
4910   }
4911   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4912   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4913   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4914   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4915   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4916   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4917   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4918   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4919 }
4920 
4921 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4922 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4923 /// GCC compatibility).
4924 static TypeSourceInfo*
4925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4926                                               ASTContext &Context,
4927                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4928                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4929   QualType FixedTy
4930     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4931                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4932   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4933     return nullptr;
4934   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4935   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4936                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4937   return FixedTInfo;
4938 }
4939 
4940 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4941 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4942 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4943 /// function-scope declarations.
4944 void
4945 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4946   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4947       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4948     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4949     return;
4950 
4951   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4952   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
4953 }
4954 
4955 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4956   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
4957   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
4958   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
4959 }
4960 
4961 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4962 /// does not identify a function.
4963 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4964   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4965   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4966   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4967     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4968          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4969 
4970   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4971     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4972          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4973 
4974   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4975     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4976          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4977 
4978   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4979     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4980          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4981 }
4982 
4983 NamedDecl*
4984 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4985                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4986   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4987   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4988     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4989       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4990     D.setInvalidType();
4991     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4992     DC = CurContext;
4993     Previous.clear();
4994   }
4995 
4996   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4997 
4998   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4999     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5000       << 1;
5001 
5002   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5003     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5004       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5005     return nullptr;
5006   }
5007 
5008   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5009   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5010 
5011   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5012   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5013 
5014   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5015 
5016   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5017   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5018   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5019   return ND;
5020 }
5021 
5022 void
5023 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5024   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5025   // then it shall have block scope.
5026   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5027   // that redeclarations will match.
5028   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5029   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5030   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5031     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5032 
5033     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5034       bool SizeIsNegative;
5035       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5036       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5037         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5038                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5039                                                       Oversized);
5040       if (FixedTInfo) {
5041         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5042         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5043       } else {
5044         if (SizeIsNegative)
5045           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5046         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5047           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5048         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5049           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5050             << Oversized.toString(10);
5051         else
5052           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5053         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5054       }
5055     }
5056   }
5057 }
5058 
5059 
5060 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5061 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5062 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5063 NamedDecl*
5064 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5065                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5066   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5067   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5068   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5069                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5070   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
5071   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5072     Redeclaration = true;
5073     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5074   }
5075 
5076   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5077   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5078     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5079         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5080       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5081         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5082       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5083         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5084       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5085         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5086       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5087         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5088     }
5089 
5090   return NewTD;
5091 }
5092 
5093 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5094 /// previous declaration.
5095 ///
5096 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5097 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5098 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5099 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5100 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5101 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5102 ///
5103 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5104 /// lookup
5105 ///
5106 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5107 /// declared.
5108 ///
5109 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5110 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5111 static bool
5112 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5113                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5114   if (!PrevDecl)
5115     return false;
5116 
5117   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5118     return false;
5119 
5120   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5121     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5122     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5123     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5124     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5125     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5126     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5127     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5128     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5129       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5130       return false;
5131 
5132     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5133     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5134       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5135       return false;
5136 
5137     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5138     // previous declarations.
5139     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5140     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5141 
5142     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5143     // isn't the same function.
5144     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5145       return false;
5146   }
5147 
5148   return true;
5149 }
5150 
5151 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5152   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5153   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5154   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5155 }
5156 
5157 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5158   QualType type = decl->getType();
5159   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5160   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5161     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5162     unsigned kind = -1U;
5163     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5164       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5165         kind = 0; // __block
5166       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5167         kind = 1; // global
5168     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5169       kind = 3; // ivar
5170     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5171       kind = 2; // field
5172     }
5173 
5174     if (kind != -1U) {
5175       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5176         << kind;
5177     }
5178   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5179     // Try to infer lifetime.
5180     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5181       return false;
5182 
5183     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5184     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5185     decl->setType(type);
5186   }
5187 
5188   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5189     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5190     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5191         var->getTLSKind()) {
5192       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5193         << var->getType();
5194       return true;
5195     }
5196   }
5197 
5198   return false;
5199 }
5200 
5201 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5202   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5203   // the wrong linkage.
5204   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5205 
5206   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5207   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5208     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5209       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5210       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5211     }
5212   }
5213   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5214     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5215       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5216       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5217       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5218     }
5219   }
5220 
5221   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5222     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5223       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5224         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5225                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5226         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5227         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5228       }
5229     }
5230   }
5231 
5232   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5233   // It does not apply to functions.
5234   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5235     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5236       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5237       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5238     }
5239   }
5240 
5241   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5242   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5243     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5244       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5245         << &ND << Attr;
5246       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5247     }
5248   }
5249 }
5250 
5251 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5252                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5253                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5254   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5255     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5256   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5257     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5258 
5259   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5260     return;
5261 
5262   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5263   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5264   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5265   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5266 
5267   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5268   // inherited attribute instances.
5269   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5270                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5271 
5272   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5273   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5274   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5275   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5276   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5277 
5278   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5279     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5280     // free functions and global variables.
5281     bool JustWarn = false;
5282     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5283       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5284       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5285         JustWarn = true;
5286       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5287       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5288         JustWarn = true;
5289     }
5290 
5291     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5292                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5293     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5294         << NewDecl
5295         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5296     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5297     if (!JustWarn) {
5298       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5299       return;
5300     }
5301   }
5302 
5303   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5304   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5305   // and qualified friend declarations.
5306   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5307   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5308   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5309     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5310     // separately.
5311     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5312   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5313     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5314     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5315                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5316   }
5317 
5318   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5319       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5320     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5321            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5322       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5323     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5324     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5325     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5326     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5327   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5328              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5329     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5330     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5331     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5332     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5333            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5334         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5335   }
5336 }
5337 
5338 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5339 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5340 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5341 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5342   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5343 
5344   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5345   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5346 
5347   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5348   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5349     return false;
5350 
5351   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5352 
5353 #ifndef NDEBUG
5354   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5355   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5356   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5357   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5358   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5359 #endif
5360 
5361   bool isC99Inline =
5362       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5363 
5364 #ifndef NDEBUG
5365   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5366 #endif
5367 
5368   return isC99Inline;
5369 }
5370 
5371 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5372 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5373 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5374 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5375 ///
5376 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5377 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5378 ///
5379 /// For instance:
5380 ///
5381 ///   auto x = []{};
5382 ///
5383 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5384 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5385 ///
5386 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5387 template<typename T>
5388 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5389   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5390     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5391     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5392       return false;
5393   }
5394   return D->isExternC();
5395 }
5396 
5397 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5398   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5399   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5400     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5401   if (DC->isFileContext())
5402     return true;
5403   if (DC->isRecord())
5404     return false;
5405   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5406 }
5407 
5408 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5409   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5410   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5411     return true;
5412   if (DC->isRecord())
5413     return false;
5414   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5415 }
5416 
5417 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5418                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5419   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5420     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5421       return true;
5422   return false;
5423 }
5424 
5425 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5426                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5427   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5428   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5429     return true;
5430 
5431   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5432   // position to the decl itself.
5433   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5434     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5435       return true;
5436   }
5437 
5438   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5439   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5440 }
5441 
5442 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5443 /// function-local external declaration.
5444 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5445   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5446     return false;
5447 
5448   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5449   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5450   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5451   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5452     return true;
5453 
5454   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5455   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5456   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5457   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5458   //
5459   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5460   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5461   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5462     DC = DC->getParent();
5463   return true;
5464 }
5465 
5466 NamedDecl *
5467 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5468                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5469                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5470                               bool &AddToScope) {
5471   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5472   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5473 
5474   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5475   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5476 
5477   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5478   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5479   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5480       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5481       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5482     SC = SC_Extern;
5483 
5484   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5485   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5486                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5487 
5488   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5489     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5490     QualType NR = R;
5491     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5492       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5493         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5494         D.setInvalidType();
5495         break;
5496       }
5497       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5498     }
5499 
5500     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5501       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5502       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5503       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5504         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5505         D.setInvalidType();
5506       }
5507     }
5508   }
5509 
5510   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5511     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5512     // an error here
5513     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5514     D.setInvalidType();
5515     SC = SC_None;
5516   }
5517 
5518   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5519       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5520                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5521     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5522     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5523     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5524     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5525          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5526       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5527   }
5528 
5529   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5530   if (!II) {
5531     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5532       << Name;
5533     return nullptr;
5534   }
5535 
5536   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5537 
5538   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5539     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5540     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5541     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5542     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5543       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5544       D.setInvalidType();
5545     }
5546   }
5547 
5548   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5549     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5550     // OpenCL __local address space.
5551     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5552       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5553     }
5554 
5555     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5556     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5557     // space qualifiers.
5558     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5559       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5560       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5561     }
5562 
5563     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5564     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5565     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5566     // address space qualifiers.
5567     if (R->isEventT()) {
5568       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5569         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5570         D.setInvalidType();
5571       }
5572 
5573       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5574         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5575         D.setInvalidType();
5576       }
5577     }
5578   }
5579 
5580   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5581   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5582   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5583   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5584   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5585   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5586   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5587   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5588     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5589                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5590                             R, TInfo, SC);
5591 
5592     if (D.isInvalidType())
5593       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5594   } else {
5595     bool Invalid = false;
5596 
5597     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5598       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5599       switch (SC) {
5600       case SC_None:
5601         break;
5602       case SC_Static:
5603         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5604              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5605           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5606         break;
5607       case SC_Auto:
5608       case SC_Register:
5609       case SC_Extern:
5610         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5611         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5612         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5613         // of class members
5614 
5615         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5616              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5617           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5618         break;
5619       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5620         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5621       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5622         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5623       }
5624     }
5625 
5626     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5627       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5628         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5629           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5630                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5631             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5632 
5633         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5634         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5635         if (RD->isUnion())
5636           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5637                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5638                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5639                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5640         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5641         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5642           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5643                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5644             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5645       }
5646     }
5647 
5648     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5649     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5650     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5651         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5652         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5653         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5654             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5655             : nullptr,
5656         TemplateParamLists,
5657         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5658 
5659     if (TemplateParams) {
5660       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5661           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5662         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5663         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5664         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5665              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5666           << II
5667           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5668                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5669         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5670       } else {
5671         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5672           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5673           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5674           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5675           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5676         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5677           // This is a template declaration.
5678           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5679 
5680           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5681           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5682             return nullptr;
5683 
5684           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5685           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5686                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5687                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5688                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5689         }
5690       }
5691     } else {
5692       assert(
5693           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5694           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5695     }
5696 
5697     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5698       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5699           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5700               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5701               : SourceLocation();
5702       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5703           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5704           IsPartialSpecialization);
5705       if (Res.isInvalid())
5706         return nullptr;
5707       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5708       AddToScope = false;
5709     } else
5710       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5711                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5712 
5713     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5714     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5715       NewTemplate =
5716           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5717                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5718       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5719     }
5720 
5721     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5722     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5723     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5724       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5725 
5726     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5727       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5728       if (NewTemplate)
5729         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5730     }
5731 
5732     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5733 
5734     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5735     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5736     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5737     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5738       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5739           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5740           TemplateParamLists.data());
5741 
5742     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5743       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5744   }
5745 
5746   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5747   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5748   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5749   if (NewTemplate)
5750     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5751 
5752   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5753     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5754 
5755   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5756     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5757     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5758     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5759     //   explicitly.
5760     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5761     //   'extern'.
5762     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5763         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5764          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5765          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5766       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5767            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5768         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5769     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5770       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5771            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5772     else
5773       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5774   }
5775 
5776   // C99 6.7.4p3
5777   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5778   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5779   //   thread storage duration...
5780   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5781   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5782   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5783   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5784   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5785   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5786       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5787     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5788     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5789       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5790            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5791       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5792     }
5793   }
5794 
5795   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5796     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5797       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5798           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5799           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5800                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5801     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5802       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5803         << 2
5804         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5805     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5806       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5807         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5808         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5809         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5810     else {
5811       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5812       if (NewTemplate)
5813         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5814     }
5815   }
5816 
5817   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5818   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5819 
5820   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5821     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5822     // storage [duration]."
5823     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5824         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5825          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5826       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5827     }
5828   }
5829 
5830   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5831   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5832   // check the VarDecl itself.
5833   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5834          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5835          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5836 
5837   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5838   // retainable type.
5839   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5840     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5841 
5842   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5843   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5844     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5845     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5846     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5847     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5848       switch (SC) {
5849       case SC_None:
5850       case SC_Auto:
5851         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5852         break;
5853       case SC_Register:
5854         // Local Named register
5855         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5856           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5857         break;
5858       case SC_Static:
5859       case SC_Extern:
5860       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5861       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5862         break;
5863       }
5864     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5865       // Global Named register
5866       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5867         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5868       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5869         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5870         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5871       }
5872     }
5873 
5874     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5875                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5876   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5877     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5878       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5879     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5880       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5881       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5882     }
5883   }
5884 
5885   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5886   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5887     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5888 
5889   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5890   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5891   // declaration has linkage).
5892   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5893                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5894                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5895                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5896 
5897   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5898   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5899   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5900       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5901     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5902         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5903         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5904 
5905   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5906     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5907   } else {
5908     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5909     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5910         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5911       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5912 
5913     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5914     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5915       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5916           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5917           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5918         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5919         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5920         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5921           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5922         Previous.clear();
5923         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5924       }
5925     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5926       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5927       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5928         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5929         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5930       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5931     }
5932 
5933     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5934       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5935 
5936     if (NewTemplate) {
5937       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5938           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5939               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5940               : nullptr;
5941 
5942       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5943       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5944       // template declaration.
5945       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5946               TemplateParams,
5947               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5948                               : nullptr,
5949               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5950                DC->isDependentContext())
5951                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5952                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5953         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5954 
5955       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5956       // template, make a note of that.
5957       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5958           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5959         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5960     }
5961   }
5962 
5963   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5964 
5965   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5966   // the map of such variables.
5967   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5968       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5969     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5970 
5971   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5972     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5973     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
5974             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
5975       Context.setManglingNumber(
5976           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5977                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5978       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5979     }
5980   }
5981 
5982   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5983     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5984         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5985         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5986   }
5987 
5988   if (NewTemplate) {
5989     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5990       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5991     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5992     return NewTemplate;
5993   }
5994 
5995   return NewVD;
5996 }
5997 
5998 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5999 /// -Wshadow.
6000 ///
6001 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6002 /// scope.
6003 ///
6004 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6005 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6006 ///
6007 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6008   // Return if warning is ignored.
6009   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6010     return;
6011 
6012   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6013   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6014     return;
6015 
6016   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6017 
6018   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6019   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6020     return;
6021 
6022   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6023   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6024     return;
6025 
6026   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6027   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6028     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6029       if (MD->isStatic())
6030         return;
6031 
6032   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6033     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6034       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6035       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6036       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6037         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6038           ShadowedDecl = I;
6039           break;
6040         }
6041     }
6042 
6043   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6044 
6045   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6046   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6047     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6048     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6049       return;
6050 
6051     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6052     // static data members from base classes?
6053 
6054     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6055     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6056     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6057   }
6058 
6059   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6060   unsigned Kind;
6061   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6062     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6063       Kind = 3; // field
6064     else
6065       Kind = 2; // static data member
6066   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6067     Kind = 1; // global
6068   else
6069     Kind = 0; // local
6070 
6071   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6072 
6073   // Emit warning and note.
6074   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6075     return;
6076   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6077   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6078 }
6079 
6080 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6081 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6082   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6083     return;
6084 
6085   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6086                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6087   LookupName(R, S);
6088   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6089 }
6090 
6091 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6092 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6093 template<typename T>
6094 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6095     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6096   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6097   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6098 
6099   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6100     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6101     // declaration.
6102     return false;
6103   }
6104 
6105   if (Prev) {
6106     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6107       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6108       // redeclaration.
6109       Previous.clear();
6110       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6111       return true;
6112     }
6113 
6114     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6115     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6116     // declaration.
6117     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6118       return false;
6119   } else {
6120     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6121     // translation unit which might conflict.
6122     if (IsGlobal) {
6123       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6124       IsGlobal = false;
6125       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6126            I != E; ++I) {
6127         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6128           Prev = *I;
6129           break;
6130         }
6131       }
6132     } else {
6133       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6134           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6135       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6136            I != E; ++I) {
6137         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6138           Prev = *I;
6139           break;
6140         }
6141         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6142         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6143         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6144         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6145         // diagnostic.
6146       }
6147     }
6148 
6149     if (!Prev)
6150       return false;
6151   }
6152 
6153   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6154   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6155   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6156   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6157     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6158   else
6159     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6160 
6161   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6162     << IsGlobal << ND;
6163   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6164     << IsGlobal;
6165   return false;
6166 }
6167 
6168 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6169 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6170 ///
6171 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6172 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6173 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6174 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6175 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6176 template<typename T>
6177 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6178                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6179   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6180     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6181     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6182     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6183     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6184       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6185         Previous.clear();
6186         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6187         return true;
6188       }
6189     }
6190     return false;
6191   }
6192 
6193   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6194   // declaration.
6195   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6196     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6197 
6198   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6199   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6200   // in another scope.
6201   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6202     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6203 
6204   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6205   return false;
6206 }
6207 
6208 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6209   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6210   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6211     return;
6212 
6213   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6214   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6215 
6216   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6217   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6218     return;
6219 
6220   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6221     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6222 
6223   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6224     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6225       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6226     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6227     NewVD->setType(T);
6228   }
6229 
6230   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6231   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6232   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6233   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6234   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6235     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6236     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6237     return;
6238   }
6239 
6240   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6241   // __constant address space.
6242   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6243       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6244       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6245     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6246     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6247     return;
6248   }
6249 
6250   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6251   // scope.
6252   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6253       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6254     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6255     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6256     return;
6257   }
6258 
6259   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6260       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6261     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6262       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6263     else {
6264       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6265       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6266     }
6267   }
6268 
6269   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6270   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6271       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6272     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6273 
6274   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6275       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6276     bool SizeIsNegative;
6277     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6278     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6279       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6280                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6281     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6282       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6283       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6284       // int a[10][n];
6285       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6286 
6287       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6288         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6289         << SizeRange;
6290       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6291         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6292         << SizeRange;
6293       else
6294         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6295         << SizeRange;
6296       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6297       return;
6298     }
6299 
6300     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6301       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6302         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6303       else
6304         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6305       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6306       return;
6307     }
6308 
6309     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6310     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6311     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6312   }
6313 
6314   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6315     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6316     //                    of objects and functions.
6317     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6318       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6319         << T;
6320       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6321       return;
6322     }
6323   }
6324 
6325   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6326     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6327     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6328     return;
6329   }
6330 
6331   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6332     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6333     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6334     return;
6335   }
6336 
6337   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6338       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6339                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6340     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6341     return;
6342   }
6343 }
6344 
6345 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6346 /// declaration.
6347 ///
6348 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6349 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6350 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6351 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6352 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6353 ///
6354 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6355 ///
6356 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6357 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6358   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6359 
6360   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6361   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6362     return false;
6363 
6364   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6365   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6366   if (Previous.empty() &&
6367       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6368     Previous.setShadowed();
6369 
6370   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6371   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6372 
6373   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6374     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6375     return true;
6376   }
6377   return false;
6378 }
6379 
6380 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6381 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6382   Sema *S;
6383   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6384 };
6385 
6386 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6387 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6388 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6389 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6390                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6391                                  void *UserData) {
6392   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6393 
6394   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6395     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6396 
6397   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6398 
6399   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6400   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6401     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6402     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6403     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6404 
6405     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6406   }
6407 
6408   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6409        !Path.Decls.empty();
6410        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6411     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6412     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6413       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6414         return true;
6415     }
6416   }
6417 
6418   return false;
6419 }
6420 
6421 namespace {
6422   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6423 }
6424 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6425 /// overriden methods.
6426 ///
6427 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6428 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6429 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6430 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6431                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6432   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6433   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6434                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6435        I != E; ++I) {
6436     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6437     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6438     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6439     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6440         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6441         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6442       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6443   }
6444 }
6445 
6446 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6447 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6448 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6449   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6450   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6451   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6452   Data.Method = MD;
6453   Data.S = this;
6454   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6455   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6456   bool AddedAny = false;
6457   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6458     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6459       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6460         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6461         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6462             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6463             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6464             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6465           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6466           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6467           AddedAny = true;
6468         }
6469       }
6470     }
6471   }
6472 
6473   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6474     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6475   }
6476   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6477     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6478   }
6479 
6480   return AddedAny;
6481 }
6482 
6483 namespace {
6484   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6485   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6486   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6487     Scope *S;
6488     Declarator &D;
6489     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6490     bool AddToScope;
6491   };
6492 }
6493 
6494 namespace {
6495 
6496 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6497 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6498 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6499  public:
6500   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6501                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6502       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6503         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6504 
6505   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6506     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6507       return false;
6508 
6509     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6510     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6511                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6512          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6513       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6514 
6515       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6516           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6517         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6518           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6519           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6520             return true;
6521         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6522           return true;
6523         }
6524       }
6525     }
6526 
6527     return false;
6528   }
6529 
6530  private:
6531   ASTContext &Context;
6532   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6533   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6534 };
6535 
6536 }
6537 
6538 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6539 ///
6540 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6541 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6542 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6543 /// the same name.
6544 ///
6545 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6546 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6547 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6548     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6549     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6550   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6551   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6552   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6553   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6554   TypoCorrection Correction;
6555   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6556   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6557                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6558   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6559                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6560                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6561                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6562 
6563   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6564   if (IsLocalFriend)
6565     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6566   else
6567     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6568   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6569          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6570   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6571   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6572     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6573          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6574       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6575       if (FD &&
6576           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6577         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6578         // involve a parameter
6579         unsigned ParamNum =
6580             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6581         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6582       }
6583     }
6584   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6585   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6586                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6587                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6588                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6589                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6590                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6591     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6592     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6593                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6594     Previous.clear();
6595     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6596     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6597                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6598          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6599       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6600       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6601           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6602         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6603       }
6604     }
6605     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6606 
6607     NamedDecl *Result;
6608     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6609     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6610     {
6611       // Trap errors.
6612       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6613 
6614       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6615       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6616       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6617       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6618           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6619           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6620           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6621           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6622 
6623       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6624         Result = nullptr;
6625     }
6626 
6627     if (Result) {
6628       // Determine which correction we picked.
6629       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6630       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6631            I != E; ++I)
6632         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6633           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6634 
6635       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6636           Correction,
6637           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6638                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6639                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6640             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6641       return Result;
6642     }
6643 
6644     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6645     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6646                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6647     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6648     Previous.clear();
6649     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6650   }
6651 
6652   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6653       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6654 
6655   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6656   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6657     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6658 
6659   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6660        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6661        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6662     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6663     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6664     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6665     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6666 
6667     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6668     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6669       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6670       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6671       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6672       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6673                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6674         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6675         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6676     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6677       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6678           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6679     } else
6680       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6681                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6682                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6683   }
6684   return nullptr;
6685 }
6686 
6687 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6688   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6689   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6690   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6691   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6692   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6693     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6694                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6695     D.setInvalidType();
6696     break;
6697   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6698   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6699     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6700       return SC_None;
6701     return SC_Extern;
6702   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6703     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6704       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6705       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6706       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6707       //   other than extern
6708       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6709       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6710                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6711       break;
6712     } else
6713       return SC_Static;
6714   }
6715   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6716   }
6717 
6718   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6719   return SC_None;
6720 }
6721 
6722 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6723                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6724                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6725                                            StorageClass SC,
6726                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6727   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6728   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6729 
6730   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6731   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6732 
6733   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6734     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6735     // prototype. This true when:
6736     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6737     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6738     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6739     bool HasPrototype =
6740       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6741       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6742 
6743     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6744                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6745                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6746                                  HasPrototype, false);
6747     if (D.isInvalidType())
6748       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6749 
6750     return NewFD;
6751   }
6752 
6753   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6754   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6755 
6756   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6757   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6758   // the class has been completely parsed.
6759   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6760       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6761           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6762           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6763     D.setInvalidType();
6764 
6765   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6766     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6767     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6768            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6769 
6770     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6771     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6772                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6773                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6774                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6775                                       isConstexpr);
6776 
6777   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6778     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6779     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6780       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6781       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6782       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6783                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6784                                         D.getLocStart(),
6785                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6786                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6787 
6788       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6789       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6790       // it yet.
6791       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6792           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6793           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6794         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6795       }
6796 
6797       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6798       return NewDD;
6799 
6800     } else {
6801       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6802       D.setInvalidType();
6803 
6804       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6805       // code path.
6806       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6807                                   D.getLocStart(),
6808                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6809                                   SC, isInline,
6810                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6811     }
6812 
6813   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6814     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6815       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6816            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6817       return nullptr;
6818     }
6819 
6820     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6821     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6822     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6823                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6824                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6825                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6826 
6827   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6828     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6829     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6830     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6831     // constructor if it has no return type).
6832     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6833         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6834       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6835         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6836         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6837       return nullptr;
6838     }
6839 
6840     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6841     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6842                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6843                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6844                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6845                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6846     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6847     return Ret;
6848   } else {
6849     bool isFriend =
6850         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6851     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
6852       return nullptr;
6853 
6854     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6855     // prototype. This true when:
6856     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6857     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6858                                 D.getLocStart(),
6859                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6860                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6861   }
6862 }
6863 
6864 enum OpenCLParamType {
6865   ValidKernelParam,
6866   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6867   PtrKernelParam,
6868   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6869   InvalidKernelParam,
6870   RecordKernelParam
6871 };
6872 
6873 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6874   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6875     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6876     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6877       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6878     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6879                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6880   }
6881 
6882   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6883   // be used as builtin types.
6884 
6885   if (PT->isImageType())
6886     return PtrKernelParam;
6887 
6888   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6889     return InvalidKernelParam;
6890 
6891   if (PT->isEventT())
6892     return InvalidKernelParam;
6893 
6894   if (PT->isHalfType())
6895     return InvalidKernelParam;
6896 
6897   if (PT->isRecordType())
6898     return RecordKernelParam;
6899 
6900   return ValidKernelParam;
6901 }
6902 
6903 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6904   Sema &S,
6905   Declarator &D,
6906   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6907   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6908   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6909 
6910   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6911   // used again
6912   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6913     return;
6914 
6915   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6916   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6917     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6918     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6919     // pointer to a pointer type.
6920     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6921     D.setInvalidType();
6922     return;
6923 
6924   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6925     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6926     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6927     // pointer to the private address space.
6928     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6929     D.setInvalidType();
6930     return;
6931 
6932     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6933     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6934     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6935     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6936     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6937 
6938   case InvalidKernelParam:
6939     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6940     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6941     // of event_t type.
6942     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6943     D.setInvalidType();
6944     return;
6945 
6946   case PtrKernelParam:
6947   case ValidKernelParam:
6948     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6949     return;
6950 
6951   case RecordKernelParam:
6952     break;
6953   }
6954 
6955   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6956   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6957 
6958   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6959   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6960   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6961   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6962 
6963   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6964   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6965 
6966   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6967 
6968   do {
6969     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6970     if (!Next) {
6971       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6972       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6973       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6974         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6975 
6976       continue;
6977     }
6978 
6979     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6980     // field itself) to the history stack.
6981     const RecordDecl *RD;
6982     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6983       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6984       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6985     } else {
6986       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6987     }
6988 
6989     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6990     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6991 
6992     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6993       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6994 
6995       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6996         continue;
6997 
6998       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6999       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7000         continue;
7001 
7002       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7003         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7004         continue;
7005       }
7006 
7007       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7008       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7009       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7010       // union.
7011       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7012           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7013         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7014                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7015           << PT->isUnionType()
7016           << PT;
7017       } else {
7018         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7019       }
7020 
7021       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7022         << PD->getDeclName();
7023 
7024       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7025       // the offending field came from
7026       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7027                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7028                E = HistoryStack.end();
7029            I != E; ++I) {
7030         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7031         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7032           << OuterField->getType();
7033       }
7034 
7035       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7036         << QT->isPointerType()
7037         << QT;
7038       D.setInvalidType();
7039       return;
7040     }
7041   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7042 }
7043 
7044 NamedDecl*
7045 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7046                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7047                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7048                               bool &AddToScope) {
7049   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7050 
7051   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7052 
7053   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7054   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7055   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7056   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7057 
7058   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7059     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7060          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7061       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7062 
7063   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7064     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7065 
7066   bool isFriend = false;
7067   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7068   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7069   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7070 
7071   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7072   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7073   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7074 
7075   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7076 
7077   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7078   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7079 
7080   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7081                                               isVirtualOkay);
7082   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7083 
7084   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7085     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7086 
7087   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7088   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7089   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7090   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7091 
7092   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7093     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7094 
7095   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7096     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7097     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7098     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7099     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7100     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7101     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7102       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7103       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7104       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7105       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7106     }
7107 
7108     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7109     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7110     // return true).
7111     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7112           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7113       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7114         NewFD->setPure(true);
7115     }
7116 
7117     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7118     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7119     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7120     if (D.isInvalidType())
7121       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7122 
7123     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7124     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7125     bool Invalid = false;
7126     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7127             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7128                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7129                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7130                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7131                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7132                     : nullptr,
7133                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7134                 Invalid)) {
7135       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7136         // This is a function template
7137 
7138         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7139         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7140           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7141 
7142         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7143         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7144           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7145           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7146         }
7147 
7148         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7149         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7150         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7151         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7152           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7153           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7154             Invalid = true;
7155         }
7156 
7157 
7158         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7159                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7160                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7161                                                         NewFD);
7162         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7163         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7164 
7165         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7166         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7167           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7168                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7169                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7170         }
7171       } else {
7172         // This is a function template specialization.
7173         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7174         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7175         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7176           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7177                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7178                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7179 
7180         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7181         if (isFriend) {
7182           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7183           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7184 
7185           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7186           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7187           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7188           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7189           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7190           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7191           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7192             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7193             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7194           }
7195 
7196           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7197             << Name << RemoveRange
7198             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7199             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7200         }
7201       }
7202     }
7203     else {
7204       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7205       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7206       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7207         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7208         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7209                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7210                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7211     }
7212 
7213     if (Invalid) {
7214       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7215       if (FunctionTemplate)
7216         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7217     }
7218 
7219     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7220     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7221     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7222     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7223     //
7224     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7225       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7226         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7227              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7228       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7229         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7230         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7231              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7232           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7233       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7234         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7235         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7236         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7237              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7238           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7239       } else {
7240         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7241         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7242       }
7243 
7244       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7245           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7246         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7247     }
7248 
7249     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7250         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7251          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7252         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7253       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7254       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7255       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7256       // thing to do.
7257       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7258       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7259       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7260           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7261       QualType Result =
7262           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7263       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7264                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7265     }
7266 
7267     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7268     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7269     //  declaration.
7270     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7271       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7272         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7273         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7274              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7275           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7276       }
7277     }
7278 
7279     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7280     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7281     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7282     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7283     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7284       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7285         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7286         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7287              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7288           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7289       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7290                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7291         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7292         // or conversion function.
7293         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7294              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7295           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7296       }
7297     }
7298 
7299     if (isConstexpr) {
7300       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7301       // are implicitly inline.
7302       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7303 
7304       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7305       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7306       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7307       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7308         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7309     }
7310 
7311     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7312     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7313       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7314         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7315           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7316         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7317           << 0
7318           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7319       } else {
7320         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7321         if (FunctionTemplate)
7322           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7323       }
7324     }
7325 
7326     if (isFriend) {
7327       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7328         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7329         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7330       }
7331       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7332       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7333     }
7334 
7335     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7336     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7337     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7338     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7339       case FDK_Declaration:
7340       case FDK_Definition:
7341         break;
7342 
7343       case FDK_Defaulted:
7344         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7345         break;
7346 
7347       case FDK_Deleted:
7348         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7349         break;
7350     }
7351 
7352     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7353         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7354       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7355       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7356       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7357       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7358     }
7359 
7360     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7361         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7362       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7363       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7364       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7365       //   the class.
7366 
7367       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7368       // member function definition.
7369       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7370            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7371         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7372     }
7373 
7374     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7375     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7376     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7377     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7378     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7379          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7380         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7381       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7382           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7383           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7384   }
7385 
7386   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7387   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7388                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7389                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7390                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7391 
7392   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7393   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7394     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7395     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7396     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7397                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7398   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7399     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7400       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7401     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7402       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7403       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7404     }
7405   }
7406 
7407   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7408   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7409   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7410   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7411     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7412 
7413     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7414     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7415     // single void argument.
7416     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7417     // already checks for that case.
7418     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7419       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7420         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7421         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7422         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7423         Params.push_back(Param);
7424 
7425         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7426           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7427       }
7428     }
7429 
7430   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7431     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7432     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7433     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7434     //
7435     // @code
7436     // typedef void fn(int);
7437     // fn f;
7438     // @endcode
7439 
7440     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7441     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7442       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7443           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7444       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7445       Params.push_back(Param);
7446     }
7447   } else {
7448     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7449            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7450   }
7451 
7452   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7453   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7454 
7455   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7456   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7457   //
7458   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7459   //
7460   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7461   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7462   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7463 
7464   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7465     NewFD->addAttr(
7466         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7467                                        Context, 0));
7468 
7469   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7470   // because all functions have linkage.
7471   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7472       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7473     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7474     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7475   }
7476 
7477   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7478   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7479       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7480     NewFD->addAttr(
7481         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7482                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7483                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7484     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7485                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7486                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7487                      NewFD))
7488       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7489   }
7490 
7491   // Handle attributes.
7492   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7493 
7494   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7495     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7496     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7497     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7498     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7499         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7500         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7501       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7502            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7503       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7504     }
7505   }
7506 
7507   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7508     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7509     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7510     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7511       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7512 
7513     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7514       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7515 
7516     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7517       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7518                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7519     else if (!Previous.empty())
7520       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7521       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7522     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7523             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7524            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7525 
7526     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7527     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7528     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7529     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7530     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7531       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7532       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7533         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7534         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7535         int DiagID =
7536             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7537         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7538             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7539       }
7540     }
7541   } else {
7542     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7543     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7544     //
7545     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7546     //
7547     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7548     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7549     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7550         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7551         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7552       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7553            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7554         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7555 
7556     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7557     // argument list into our AST format.
7558     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7559       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7560       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7561       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7562       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7563                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7564       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7565                                  TemplateArgs);
7566 
7567       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7568 
7569       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7570         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7571       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7572         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7573         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7574           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7575 
7576         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7577       } else {
7578         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7579                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7580                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7581         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7582         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7583       }
7584     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7585       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7586       // wrote something like:
7587       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7588       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7589       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7590       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7591       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7592       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7593       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7594     }
7595 
7596     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7597     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7598     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7599     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7600     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7601     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7602         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7603          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7604             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7605             InstantiationDependent))) {
7606       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7607              "friend function specialization without template args");
7608       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7609                                                        Previous))
7610         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7611     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7612       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7613           && !isFriend) {
7614         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7615         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7616           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7617           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7618           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7619       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7620                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7621                                                            : nullptr),
7622                                                      Previous))
7623         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7624 
7625       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7626       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7627       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7628       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7629           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7630       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7631         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7632           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7633                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7634             << SC
7635             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7636                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7637 
7638         else
7639           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7640                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7641             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7642                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7643       }
7644 
7645     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7646       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7647           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7648     }
7649 
7650     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7651     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7652       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7653         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7654 
7655       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7656         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7657 
7658       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7659         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7660                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7661       else if (!Previous.empty())
7662         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7663         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7664     }
7665 
7666     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7667             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7668            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7669 
7670     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7671                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7672                                 : NewFD);
7673 
7674     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7675       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7676       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7677         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7678 
7679       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7680       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7681     }
7682 
7683     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7684         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7685       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7686 
7687     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7688     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7689     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7690       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7691                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7692       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7693                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7694                                     : nullptr,
7695                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7696                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7697                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7698                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7699                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7700                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7701                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7702                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7703                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7704     }
7705 
7706     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7707       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7708     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7709       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7710                                        AddToScope };
7711       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7712       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7713         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7714 
7715       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7716       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7717         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7718         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7719 
7720         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7721         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7722         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7723         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7724         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7725         // can actually do this check immediately.
7726         if (isFriend &&
7727             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7728              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7729              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7730           // ignore these
7731         } else {
7732           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7733           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7734           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7735           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7736           //
7737           // class X {
7738           //   void f() const;
7739           // };
7740           //
7741           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7742           //
7743           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7744           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7745           // whether the parameter types are references).
7746 
7747           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7748                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7749             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7750             return Result;
7751           }
7752         }
7753 
7754         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7755         // to something.
7756       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7757         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7758                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7759           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7760           return Result;
7761         }
7762       }
7763 
7764     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7765                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7766                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7767                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7768       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7769       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7770       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7771       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7772       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7773       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7774       // generate them.
7775       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7776         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7777     }
7778   }
7779 
7780   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7781   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7782 
7783   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7784 
7785   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7786       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7787     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7788          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7789       << NewFD;
7790 
7791     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7792     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7793     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7794         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7795     EPI.Variadic = true;
7796     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7797 
7798     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7799     NewFD->setType(R);
7800   }
7801 
7802   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7803   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7804   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7805     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7806 
7807   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7808   // marking the function.
7809   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7810 
7811   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7812   // a pragma.
7813   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7814     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7815 
7816   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7817   // the map of such variables.
7818   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7819       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7820     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7821 
7822   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7823   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7824 
7825   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7826     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7827         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7828         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7829   }
7830 
7831   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7832     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7833       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7834         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7835       return FunctionTemplate;
7836     }
7837   }
7838 
7839   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7840     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7841     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7842         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7843       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7844       D.setInvalidType();
7845     }
7846 
7847     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7848     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7849       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7850       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7851           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7852                                 : FixItHint());
7853       D.setInvalidType();
7854     }
7855 
7856     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7857     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7858       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7859   }
7860 
7861   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7862 
7863   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7864     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7865       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7866           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7867         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7868           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7869             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7870 
7871           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7872         }
7873       }
7874 
7875   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7876   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7877   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7878   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7879     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7880                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7881                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7882                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7883                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7884     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7885     AddToScope = false;
7886   }
7887 
7888   return NewFD;
7889 }
7890 
7891 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7892 ///
7893 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7894 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7895 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7896 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7897 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7898 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7899 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7900 ///
7901 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7902 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7903 ///
7904 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7905 ///
7906 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7907 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7908                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7909                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7910   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7911          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7912 
7913   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7914   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7915   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7916   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7917                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7918 
7919   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7920   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7921 
7922   bool Redeclaration = false;
7923   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7924 
7925   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7926   // the same name, if appropriate.
7927   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7928     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7929     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7930     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7931     // function to the scope.
7932     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7933       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7934       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7935         Redeclaration = true;
7936         OldDecl = Candidate;
7937       }
7938     } else {
7939       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7940                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7941       case Ovl_Match:
7942         Redeclaration = true;
7943         break;
7944 
7945       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7946         Redeclaration = true;
7947         break;
7948 
7949       case Ovl_Overload:
7950         Redeclaration = false;
7951         break;
7952       }
7953 
7954       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7955         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7956         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7957         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7958           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7959         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7960         if (Redeclaration)
7961           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7962         else if (!Previous.empty())
7963           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7964         if (OverloadedDecl)
7965           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7966                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7967         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7968       }
7969     }
7970   }
7971 
7972   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7973   if (!Redeclaration &&
7974       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7975     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7976     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7977       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7978       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7979       Redeclaration = true;
7980       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7981       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7982 
7983       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7984       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7985         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7986           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7987             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7988           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7989                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7990           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7991         }
7992         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7993           Redeclaration = false;
7994           OldDecl = nullptr;
7995         }
7996       }
7997     }
7998   }
7999 
8000   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8001   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8002   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8003   //
8004   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8005   // definition of a static member function.
8006   //
8007   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8008   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8009   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8010   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8011       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8012       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8013     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8014     if (OldDecl)
8015       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8016     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8017       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8018         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8019       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8020       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8021       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8022                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8023 
8024       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8025       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8026       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8027         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8028         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8029                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8030           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8031 
8032         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8033           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8034       }
8035     }
8036   }
8037 
8038   if (Redeclaration) {
8039     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8040     // merged.
8041     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8042       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8043       return Redeclaration;
8044     }
8045 
8046     Previous.clear();
8047     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8048 
8049     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8050                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8051       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8052       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8053         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8054       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8055       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8056             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8057         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8058         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8059       }
8060 
8061       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8062       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8063       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8064           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8065         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8066         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8067       }
8068 
8069     } else {
8070       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8071       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8072 
8073       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8074         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8075     }
8076   }
8077 
8078   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8079 
8080   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8081     // C++-specific checks.
8082     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8083       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8084     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8085                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8086       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8087       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8088 
8089       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8090       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8091       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8092         DeclarationName Name
8093           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8094                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8095         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8096           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8097           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8098           return Redeclaration;
8099         }
8100       }
8101     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8102                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8103       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8104     }
8105 
8106     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8107     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8108       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8109           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8110           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8111         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8112           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8113           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8114             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8115           }
8116         }
8117       }
8118 
8119       if (Method->isStatic())
8120         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8121     }
8122 
8123     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8124     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8125         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8126       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8127       return Redeclaration;
8128     }
8129 
8130     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8131     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8132         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8133       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8134       return Redeclaration;
8135     }
8136 
8137     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8138     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8139     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8140     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8141       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8142 
8143     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8144     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8145     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8146       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8147       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8148       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8149       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8150         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8151         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8152         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8153       }
8154     }
8155 
8156     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8157     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8158     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8159     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8160     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8161       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8162       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8163         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8164             << NewFD << R;
8165       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8166                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8167         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8168     }
8169   }
8170   return Redeclaration;
8171 }
8172 
8173 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8174   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8175   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8176   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8177   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8178   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8179   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8180   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8181   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8182     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8183          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8184       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8185   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8186     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8187       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8188   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8189     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8190     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8191     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8192     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8193       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8194   }
8195   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8196     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8197       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8198     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8199   }
8200 
8201   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8202     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8203         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8204     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8205     return;
8206   }
8207 
8208   QualType T = FD->getType();
8209   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8210   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8211 
8212   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8213     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8214     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8215     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8216 
8217     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8218     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8219       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8220     else {
8221       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8222       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8223       if (RTRange.isValid())
8224         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8225             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8226     }
8227   } else {
8228     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8229     // set the flag which tells us that.
8230     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8231 
8232     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8233     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8234       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8235     else {
8236       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8237       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8238       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8239           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8240                                 : FixItHint());
8241       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8242     }
8243   }
8244 
8245   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8246   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8247 
8248   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8249   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8250   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8251 
8252   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8253 
8254   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8255   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8256   // getting shifty.
8257   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8258     HasExtraParameters = false;
8259 
8260   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8261     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8262     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8263     nparams = 3;
8264   }
8265 
8266   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8267   // if we had some location information about types.
8268 
8269   QualType CharPP =
8270     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8271   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8272 
8273   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8274     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8275 
8276     bool mismatch = true;
8277 
8278     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8279       mismatch = false;
8280     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8281       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8282       //   char const **
8283       //   char const * const *
8284       //   char * const *
8285 
8286       QualifierCollector qs;
8287       const PointerType* PT;
8288       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8289           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8290           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8291                               Context.CharTy)) {
8292         qs.removeConst();
8293         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8294       }
8295     }
8296 
8297     if (mismatch) {
8298       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8299       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8300       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8301     }
8302   }
8303 
8304   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8305     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8306   }
8307 
8308   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8309     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8310     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8311   }
8312 }
8313 
8314 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8315   QualType T = FD->getType();
8316   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8317   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8318 
8319   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8320   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8321   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8322       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8323       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8324     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8325     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8326       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8327 
8328   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8329     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8330     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8331   }
8332 }
8333 
8334 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8335   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8336   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8337   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8338   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8339   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8340   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8341   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8342   // rules there don't matter.)
8343   const Expr *Culprit;
8344   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8345     return false;
8346   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8347     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8348   return true;
8349 }
8350 
8351 namespace {
8352   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8353   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8354   class SelfReferenceChecker
8355       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8356     Sema &S;
8357     Decl *OrigDecl;
8358     bool isRecordType;
8359     bool isPODType;
8360     bool isReferenceType;
8361 
8362     bool isInitList;
8363     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8364   public:
8365     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8366 
8367     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8368                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8369       isPODType = false;
8370       isRecordType = false;
8371       isReferenceType = false;
8372       isInitList = false;
8373       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8374         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8375         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8376         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8377       }
8378     }
8379 
8380     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8381     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8382     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8383     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8384       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8385       if (!InitList) {
8386         Visit(E);
8387         return;
8388       }
8389 
8390       // Track and increment the index here.
8391       isInitList = true;
8392       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8393       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8394         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8395         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8396       }
8397       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8398     }
8399 
8400     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8401     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8402     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8403       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8404       Expr *Base = E;
8405       bool ReferenceField = false;
8406 
8407       // Get the field memebers used.
8408       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8409         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8410         if (!FD)
8411           return false;
8412         Fields.push_back(FD);
8413         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8414           ReferenceField = true;
8415         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8416       }
8417 
8418       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8419       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8420       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8421         return false;
8422 
8423       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8424       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8425         return true;
8426 
8427       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8428       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8429       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8430         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8431       }
8432 
8433       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8434       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8435       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8436       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8437                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8438                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8439                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8440            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8441         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8442           return true;
8443         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8444           break;
8445       }
8446 
8447       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8448       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8449       return true;
8450     }
8451 
8452     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8453     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8454     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8455     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8456       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8457       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8458         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8459         return;
8460       }
8461 
8462       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8463         Visit(CO->getCond());
8464         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8465         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8466         return;
8467       }
8468 
8469       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8470               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8471         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8472         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8473         return;
8474       }
8475 
8476       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8477         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8478         return;
8479       }
8480 
8481       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8482         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8483           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8484           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8485           return;
8486         }
8487       }
8488 
8489       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8490         if (isInitList) {
8491           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8492                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8493             return;
8494         }
8495 
8496         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8497         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8498           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8499           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8500             return;
8501           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8502         }
8503         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8504           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8505         return;
8506       }
8507 
8508       Visit(E);
8509     }
8510 
8511     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8512     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8513     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8514       if (isReferenceType)
8515         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8516     }
8517 
8518     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8519       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8520         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8521         return;
8522       }
8523 
8524       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8525     }
8526 
8527     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8528       if (isInitList) {
8529         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8530           return;
8531       }
8532 
8533       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8534       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8535 
8536       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8537       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8538       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8539       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8540       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8541       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8542         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8543           Warn = false;
8544         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8545       }
8546 
8547       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8548         if (Warn)
8549           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8550         return;
8551       }
8552 
8553       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8554       // Visit that expression.
8555       Visit(Base);
8556     }
8557 
8558     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8559       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8560 
8561       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8562         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8563 
8564       Visit(Callee);
8565       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8566         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8567     }
8568 
8569     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8570       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8571       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8572           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8573         if (!isPODType)
8574           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8575         return;
8576       }
8577 
8578       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8579         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8580         return;
8581       }
8582 
8583       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8584     }
8585 
8586     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8587 
8588     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8589       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8590         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8591         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8592           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8593             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8594         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8595           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8596             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8597         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8598         return;
8599       }
8600       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8601     }
8602 
8603     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8604       // Treat std::move as a use.
8605       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8606         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8607           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8608               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8609             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8610             return;
8611           }
8612         }
8613       }
8614 
8615       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8616     }
8617 
8618     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8619       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8620         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8621         Visit(E->getRHS());
8622         return;
8623       }
8624 
8625       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8626     }
8627 
8628     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8629     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8630     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8631     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8632       Visit(E->getCond());
8633       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8634     }
8635 
8636     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8637       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8638       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8639       unsigned diag;
8640       if (isReferenceType) {
8641         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8642       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8643         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8644       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8645                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8646                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8647         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8648       } else {
8649         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8650         return;
8651       }
8652 
8653       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8654                             S.PDiag(diag)
8655                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8656                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8657                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8658     }
8659   };
8660 
8661   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8662   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8663                                  bool DirectInit) {
8664     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8665     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8666     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8667       return;
8668 
8669     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8670 
8671     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8672     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8673     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8674       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8675         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8676           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8677             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8678               return;
8679 
8680     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8681   }
8682 }
8683 
8684 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8685 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8686 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8687 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8688                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8689   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8690   // the initializer.
8691   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8692     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init);
8693     return;
8694   }
8695 
8696   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8697     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8698     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8699     // Thus this grotesque test.
8700     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8701     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8702         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8703       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8704     else {
8705       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8706         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8707       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8708     }
8709     return;
8710   }
8711 
8712   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8713   if (!VDecl) {
8714     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8715     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8716     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8717     return;
8718   }
8719   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8720 
8721   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8722   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8723     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8724     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8725     // TypoExpr.
8726     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init);
8727     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8728       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8729       return;
8730     }
8731     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8732       Init = Res.get();
8733       if (CXXDirectInit)
8734         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8735     }
8736 
8737     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8738     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8739     // contains exactly one expression.
8740     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8741       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8742         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8743         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8744         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8745              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8746                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8747           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8748           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8749         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8750         return;
8751       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8752         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8753              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8754                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8755                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8756           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8757           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8758         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8759         return;
8760       } else {
8761         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8762         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8763           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8764                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8765             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8766             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8767       }
8768     }
8769 
8770     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8771     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8772     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8773         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8774       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8775       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8776         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8777         return;
8778       }
8779       Init = Result.get();
8780       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8781     }
8782 
8783     QualType DeducedType;
8784     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8785             DAR_Failed)
8786       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8787     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8788       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8789       return;
8790     }
8791     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8792     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8793 
8794     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8795     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8796       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8797 
8798     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8799     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8800     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8801     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8802     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8803         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8804       SourceLocation Loc =
8805           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8806       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8807         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8808     }
8809 
8810     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8811     // the previously declared type.
8812     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8813       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8814       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8815       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8816     }
8817 
8818     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8819     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8820     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8821       return;
8822 
8823     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8824     // we implement N3922.
8825     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8826       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8827            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8828         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8829     }
8830   }
8831 
8832   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8833   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8834     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8835     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8836     return;
8837   }
8838 
8839   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8840     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8841     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8842     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8843     return;
8844   }
8845 
8846   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8847     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8848     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8849     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8850     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8851     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8852       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8853     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8854                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8855       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8856       return;
8857     }
8858 
8859     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8860     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8861                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8862                                AbstractVariableType))
8863       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8864   }
8865 
8866   const VarDecl *Def;
8867   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8868     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8869       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8870     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8871     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8872     return;
8873   }
8874 
8875   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8876   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8877     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8878     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8879     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8880     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8881     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8882     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8883     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8884     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8885     //
8886     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8887     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8888     // declaration with an initializer.
8889     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8890       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8891           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8892       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8893       return;
8894     }
8895 
8896     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8897       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8898 
8899     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8900       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8901       return;
8902     }
8903   }
8904 
8905   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8906   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8907   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8908     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8909     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8910     return;
8911   }
8912 
8913   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8914   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8915   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8916 
8917   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8918   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8919   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8920       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8921     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8922     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8923       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8924       return;
8925     }
8926     Init = Result.get();
8927   }
8928 
8929   // Perform the initialization.
8930   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8931     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8932     InitializationKind Kind
8933       = DirectInit ?
8934           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8935                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8936                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8937                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8938                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8939                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8940                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8941 
8942     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8943     if (CXXDirectInit)
8944       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8945                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8946 
8947     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
8948     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
8949       ExprResult Res =
8950           CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
8951             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
8952             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
8953           });
8954       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
8955         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8956       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
8957         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
8958       }
8959     }
8960     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8961       return;
8962 
8963     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8964     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8965     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8966       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8967       return;
8968     }
8969 
8970     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8971   }
8972 
8973   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8974   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8975   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8976   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8977       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8978     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8979   }
8980 
8981   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8982   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8983   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8984   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8985   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8986     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8987 
8988   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8989     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8990 
8991     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8992       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8993 
8994     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8995     // Although this code can still have problems:
8996     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8997     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8998     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8999     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9000     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9001     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9002         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9003                          Init->getLocStart()))
9004         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9005   }
9006 
9007   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9008   //
9009   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9010   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9011   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9012   //
9013   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9014   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9015   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9016   //
9017   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9018   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9019                                           false,
9020                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9021   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9022     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9023     return;
9024   }
9025   Init = Result.get();
9026 
9027   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9028   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9029 
9030   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9031     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9032     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9033     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9034     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9035       const Expr *Culprit;
9036       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9037         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9038       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9039       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9040       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9041       // constant expressions.
9042       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9043                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9044                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9045         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9046              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9047           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9048     }
9049   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9050              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9051     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9052     //
9053     // struct S {
9054     //   static const int value = 17;
9055     // };
9056 
9057     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9058     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9059     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9060     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9061     //
9062     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9063     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9064     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9065     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9066     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9067     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9068     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9069     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9070     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9071 
9072     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9073     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9074 
9075     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9076     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9077     // type.
9078     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9079 
9080     // Require constness.
9081     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9082       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9083         << Init->getSourceRange();
9084       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9085 
9086     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9087     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9088       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9089       SourceLocation Loc;
9090       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9091         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9092         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9093         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9094       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9095         ; // Nothing to check.
9096       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9097         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9098       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9099         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9100         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9101         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9102           << Init->getSourceRange();
9103       } else {
9104         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9105         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9106         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9107           << Init->getSourceRange();
9108         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9109       }
9110 
9111     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9112     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9113       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9114       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9115       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9116         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9117              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9118             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9119         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9120              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9121             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9122       } else {
9123         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9124           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9125 
9126         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9127           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9128             << Init->getSourceRange();
9129           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9130         }
9131       }
9132 
9133     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9134     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9135       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9136         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9137         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9138       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9139 
9140     } else {
9141       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9142         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9143       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9144     }
9145   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9146     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9147         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9148          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9149            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9150         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9151       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9152 
9153     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9154     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9155       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9156   }
9157 
9158   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9159   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9160   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9161   //
9162   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9163   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9164   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9165   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9166   // special case code.
9167 
9168   // C++ 8.5p11:
9169   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9170   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9171   // class type.
9172   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9173     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9174     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9175   } else if (DirectInit) {
9176     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9177     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9178   }
9179 
9180   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9181 }
9182 
9183 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9184 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9185 /// of sanity.
9186 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9187   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9188   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9189   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9190 
9191   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9192   if (!VD) return;
9193 
9194   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9195   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9196     D->setInvalidDecl();
9197     return;
9198   }
9199 
9200   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9201   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9202 
9203   // Require a complete type.
9204   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9205                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9206                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9207     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9208     return;
9209   }
9210 
9211   // Require a non-abstract type.
9212   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9213                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9214                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9215     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9216     return;
9217   }
9218 
9219   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9220   // though.
9221 }
9222 
9223 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9224                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9225   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9226   if (!RealDecl)
9227     return;
9228 
9229   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9230     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9231 
9232     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9233     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9234       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9235         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9236       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9237       return;
9238     }
9239 
9240     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9241     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9242     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9243     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9244     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9245     // member.
9246     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9247       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9248         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9249              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9250           << Var->getDeclName();
9251       else
9252         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9253       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9254       return;
9255     }
9256 
9257     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9258     // be initialized.
9259     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9260         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9261         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9262       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9263       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9264       return;
9265     }
9266 
9267     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9268     case VarDecl::Definition:
9269       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9270         break;
9271 
9272       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9273       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9274       // a declaration.
9275       //
9276       // Fall through
9277 
9278     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9279       // It's only a declaration.
9280 
9281       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9282       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9283       // object shall be complete.
9284       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9285           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9286           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9287                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9288         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9289 
9290       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9291       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9292           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9293                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9294                                  AbstractVariableType))
9295         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9296       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9297           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9298         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9299         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9300       }
9301 
9302       return;
9303 
9304     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9305       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9306       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9307       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9308       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9309       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9310       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9311         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9312                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9313           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9314                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9315                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9316             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9317         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9318           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9319           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9320           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9321           // NOTE: code such as the following
9322           //     static struct s;
9323           //     struct s { int a; };
9324           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9325           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9326           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9327           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9328             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9329                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9330         }
9331       }
9332 
9333       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9334       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9335         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9336       return;
9337     }
9338 
9339     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9340     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9341     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9342       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9343            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9344       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9345       return;
9346     }
9347 
9348     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9349     // definitions with reference type.
9350     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9351       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9352         << Var->getDeclName()
9353         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9354       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9355       return;
9356     }
9357 
9358     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9359     // variable with dependent type.
9360     if (Type->isDependentType())
9361       return;
9362 
9363     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9364       return;
9365 
9366     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9367       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9368                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9369                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9370         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9371         return;
9372       }
9373     } else {
9374       return;
9375     }
9376 
9377     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9378     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9379                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9380                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9381       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9382       return;
9383     }
9384 
9385     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9386     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9387     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9388     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9389     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9390     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9391     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9392     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9393     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9394     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9395     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9396       if (const RecordType *Record
9397             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9398         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9399         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9400         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9401         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9402         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9403           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9404       }
9405     }
9406 
9407     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9408     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9409     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9410     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9411     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9412     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9413     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9414     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9415     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9416     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9417     //   program is ill-formed.
9418     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9419     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9420     //   default-initialized; [...].
9421     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9422     InitializationKind Kind
9423       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9424 
9425     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9426     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9427     if (Init.isInvalid())
9428       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9429     else if (Init.get()) {
9430       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9431       // This is important for template substitution.
9432       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9433     }
9434 
9435     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9436   }
9437 }
9438 
9439 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9440   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9441   if (!VD) {
9442     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9443     D->setInvalidDecl();
9444     return;
9445   }
9446 
9447   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9448 
9449   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9450   int Error = -1;
9451   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9452   case SC_None:
9453     break;
9454   case SC_Extern:
9455     Error = 0;
9456     break;
9457   case SC_Static:
9458     Error = 1;
9459     break;
9460   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9461     Error = 2;
9462     break;
9463   case SC_Auto:
9464     Error = 3;
9465     break;
9466   case SC_Register:
9467     Error = 4;
9468     break;
9469   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9470     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9471   }
9472   if (Error != -1) {
9473     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9474       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9475     D->setInvalidDecl();
9476   }
9477 }
9478 
9479 StmtResult
9480 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9481                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9482                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9483                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9484   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9485   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9486   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9487   //   is equivalent to
9488   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9489   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9490 
9491   const char *PrevSpec;
9492   unsigned DiagID;
9493   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9494                      getPrintingPolicy());
9495 
9496   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9497   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9498   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9499 
9500   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9501   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9502                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9503   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9504   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9505   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9506   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9507                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9508 }
9509 
9510 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9511   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9512 
9513   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9514   // local retaining variable.
9515   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9516       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9517     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9518     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9519     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9520     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9521       break;
9522 
9523     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9524     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9525       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9526       break;
9527     }
9528   }
9529 
9530   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9531   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9532   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9533   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9534   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9535   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9536       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9537       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9538       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9539                                   var->getLocation())) {
9540     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9541     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9542     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9543       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9544 
9545     if (!prev)
9546       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9547   }
9548 
9549   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9550     const Expr *Culprit;
9551     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9552       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9553       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9554       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9555       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9556       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9557         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9558     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9559                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9560                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9561       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9562       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9563       //   initialization.
9564       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9565       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9566         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9567       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9568         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9569     }
9570 
9571   }
9572 
9573   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9574   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9575   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9576       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9577     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9578     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9579     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9580       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9581     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9582       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9583       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9584     } else {
9585       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9586       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9587     }
9588     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9589       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9590           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9591           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9592     }
9593     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9594       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9595         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9596 
9597     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9598     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9599     // attribute.
9600     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9601       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9602                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9603   }
9604 
9605   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9606   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9607 
9608   QualType type = var->getType();
9609   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9610 
9611   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9612   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9613     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9614     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9615 
9616     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9617     // constructing this copy.
9618     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9619       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9620       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9621       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9622       ExprResult result
9623         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9624             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9625             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9626       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9627         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9628         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9629         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9630       }
9631     }
9632   }
9633 
9634   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9635   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9636   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9637 
9638   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9639       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9640     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9641         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9642                                     var->getLocation())) {
9643       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9644       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9645       // warned about them.
9646       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9647       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9648           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9649         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9650           << Init->getSourceRange();
9651     }
9652 
9653     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9654       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9655       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9656         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9657         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9658         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9659         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9660               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9661           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9662           Notes.clear();
9663         }
9664         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9665           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9666         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9667           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9668       }
9669     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9670       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9671       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9672       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9673       var->checkInitIsICE();
9674     }
9675   }
9676 
9677   // Require the destructor.
9678   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9679     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9680 }
9681 
9682 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9683 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9684 void
9685 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9686   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9687   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9688 
9689   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9690   if (!VD)
9691     return;
9692 
9693   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9694 
9695   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9696   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9697     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9698             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9699       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9700         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9701         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9702         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9703       }
9704     }
9705   }
9706 
9707   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9708   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9709 
9710   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9711   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9712     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9713         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9714       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9715       // with a warning.
9716       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9717         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9718       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9719           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9720           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9721 
9722       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9723            IsClassTemplateMember
9724                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9725                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9726       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9727       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9728         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9729     }
9730   }
9731 
9732   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9733   // isn't exported with the variable.
9734   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9735     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9736                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9737     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9738   }
9739 
9740   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9741     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9742       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9743       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9744     }
9745   }
9746 
9747   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9748   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9749   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9750   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9751     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9752 
9753   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9754   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9755       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9756     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9757 
9758   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9759   // tag values.
9760   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9761       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9762     return;
9763 
9764   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9765     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9766     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9767       continue;
9768     }
9769     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9770     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9771       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9772            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9773         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9774       continue;
9775     }
9776     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9777       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9778            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9779         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9780       continue;
9781     }
9782     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9783     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9784                                MagicValue,
9785                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9786                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9787                                I->getMustBeNull());
9788   }
9789 }
9790 
9791 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9792                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9793   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9794 
9795   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9796     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9797 
9798   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9799   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9800     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9801       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9802         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9803           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9804       Decls.push_back(D);
9805     }
9806 
9807   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9808     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9809       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
9810       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9811         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9812     }
9813   }
9814 
9815   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9816 }
9817 
9818 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9819 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9820 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9821 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9822                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9823   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9824   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9825   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9826   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9827   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9828   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9829   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9830   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9831     QualType Deduced;
9832     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9833     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9834     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9835       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9836         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9837         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9838         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9839           break;
9840         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9841         if (!U.isNull()) {
9842           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9843           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9844             Deduced = U;
9845             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9846             DeducedDecl = D;
9847           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9848             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9849                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9850               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9851               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9852               << U << D->getDeclName()
9853               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9854               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9855             D->setInvalidDecl();
9856             break;
9857           }
9858         }
9859       }
9860     }
9861   }
9862 
9863   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9864 
9865   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9866       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9867 }
9868 
9869 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9870   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9871 }
9872 
9873 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9874   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9875   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9876     return;
9877 
9878   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9879                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
9880       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
9881                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
9882     return;
9883 
9884   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9885     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9886     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9887     // additional declaration references:
9888     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9889     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9890     //   'struct S *pS;'
9891     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9892     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9893     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9894       Group = Group.slice(1);
9895     }
9896   }
9897 
9898   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9899   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9900   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9901       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9902     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9903     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9904     //
9905     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9906     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9907     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9908     // ahead through comments.
9909     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9910       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9911   }
9912 }
9913 
9914 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9915 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9916 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9917   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9918 
9919   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9920 
9921   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9922   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
9923   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9924     SC = SC_Register;
9925   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9926              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9927     SC = SC_Auto;
9928   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9929     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9930          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9931     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9932   }
9933 
9934   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9935     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9936       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9937   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9938     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9939       << 0;
9940 
9941   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9942 
9943   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9944   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9945 
9946   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9947     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9948     // parameter.
9949     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9950 
9951     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9952     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9953       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9954         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9955       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9956     }
9957   }
9958 
9959   // Ensure we have a valid name
9960   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9961   if (D.hasName()) {
9962     II = D.getIdentifier();
9963     if (!II) {
9964       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9965         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9966       D.setInvalidType(true);
9967     }
9968   }
9969 
9970   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9971   if (II) {
9972     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9973                    ForRedeclaration);
9974     LookupName(R, S);
9975     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9976       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9977       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9978         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9979         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9980         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9981         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9982       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9983         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9984         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9985 
9986         // Recover by removing the name
9987         II = nullptr;
9988         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9989         D.setInvalidType(true);
9990       }
9991     }
9992   }
9993 
9994   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9995   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9996   // looking like class members in C++.
9997   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9998                                     D.getLocStart(),
9999                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10000                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10001                                     SC);
10002 
10003   if (D.isInvalidType())
10004     New->setInvalidDecl();
10005 
10006   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10007   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10008   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10009                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10010 
10011   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10012   S->AddDecl(New);
10013   if (II)
10014     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10015 
10016   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10017 
10018   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10019     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10020       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10021       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10022       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10023 
10024   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10025     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10026   }
10027   return New;
10028 }
10029 
10030 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10031 /// typedef.
10032 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10033                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10034                                               QualType T) {
10035   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10036      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10037      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10038   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10039                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10040                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10041   Param->setImplicit();
10042   return Param;
10043 }
10044 
10045 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10046                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10047   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10048   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10049   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10050     return;
10051 
10052   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10053     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10054         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10055       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10056         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10057     }
10058   }
10059 }
10060 
10061 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10062                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10063                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10064                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10065   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10066     return;
10067 
10068   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10069   // threshold.
10070   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10071     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10072     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10073       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10074           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10075   }
10076 
10077   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10078   // threshold.
10079   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10080     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10081     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10082       continue;
10083     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10084     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10085       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10086           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10087   }
10088 }
10089 
10090 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10091                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10092                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10093                                   StorageClass SC) {
10094   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10095   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10096       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10097       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10098 
10099     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10100 
10101     // Special cases for arrays:
10102     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10103     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10104     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10105       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10106         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10107             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10108             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10109       }
10110       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10111     } else {
10112       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10113     }
10114     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10115   }
10116 
10117   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10118                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10119                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10120 
10121   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10122   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10123   // the class has been completely parsed.
10124   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10125       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10126                              AbstractParamType))
10127     New->setInvalidDecl();
10128 
10129   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10130   // passed by reference.
10131   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10132     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10133     Diag(NameLoc,
10134          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10135       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10136     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10137     New->setType(T);
10138   }
10139 
10140   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10141   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10142   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10143   // an address space.
10144   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10145     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10146     // to be qualified with an address space.
10147     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10148       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10149       New->setInvalidDecl();
10150     }
10151   }
10152 
10153   return New;
10154 }
10155 
10156 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10157                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10158   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10159 
10160   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10161   // for a K&R function.
10162   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10163     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10164       --i;
10165       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10166         SmallString<256> Code;
10167         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10168             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10169         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10170             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10171             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10172 
10173         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10174         // type.
10175         AttributeFactory attrs;
10176         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10177         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10178         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10179         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10180                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10181         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10182         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10183         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10184         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10185         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10186         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10187       }
10188     }
10189   }
10190 }
10191 
10192 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10193   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10194   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10195   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10196 
10197   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10198   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10199   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10200 }
10201 
10202 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10203   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10204 }
10205 
10206 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10207                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10208   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10209   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10210     return false;
10211 
10212   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10213   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10214     return false;
10215 
10216   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10217   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10218     return false;
10219 
10220   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10221   if (FD->isMain())
10222     return false;
10223 
10224   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10225   if (FD->isInlined())
10226     return false;
10227 
10228   // Don't warn about function templates.
10229   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10230     return false;
10231 
10232   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10233   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10234     return false;
10235 
10236   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10237   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10238     return false;
10239 
10240   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10241   if (FD->isDeleted())
10242     return false;
10243 
10244   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10245   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10246        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10247     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10248     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10249     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10250       continue;
10251 
10252     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10253     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10254       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10255     break;
10256   }
10257 
10258   return MissingPrototype;
10259 }
10260 
10261 void
10262 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10263                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10264   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10265   // was an extern inline function.
10266   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10267   if (!Definition)
10268     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10269       return;
10270 
10271   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10272     return;
10273 
10274   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10275   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10276   //
10277   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10278   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10279   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10280   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10281       (Definition->isInlineSpecified() ||
10282        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10283        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10284     return;
10285 
10286   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10287       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10288     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10289         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10290   else
10291     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10292 
10293   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10294   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10295 }
10296 
10297 
10298 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10299                                    Sema &S) {
10300   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10301 
10302   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10303   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10304   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10305   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10306   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10307 
10308   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10309     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10310   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10311     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10312   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10313     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10314   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10315 
10316   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10317   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10318 
10319   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10320   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10321   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10322   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10323     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10324       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10325       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10326         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10327       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10328       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10329       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10330           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10331           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10332                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10333           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10334 
10335     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10336       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10337                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10338     } else {
10339       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10340     }
10341     ++I;
10342   }
10343 }
10344 
10345 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10346   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10347   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10348 
10349   if (!D)
10350     return D;
10351   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10352 
10353   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10354     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10355   else
10356     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10357   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10358   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10359   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10360   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10361   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10362   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10363   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10364   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10365   // have the LSI properly restored.
10366   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10367     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10368       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10369       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10370     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10371   }
10372   else
10373     // Enter a new function scope
10374     PushFunctionScope();
10375 
10376   // See if this is a redefinition.
10377   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10378     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10379 
10380   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10381   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10382     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10383         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10384       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10385       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10386     }
10387   }
10388 
10389   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10390   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10391   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10392   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10393       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10394       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10395                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10396     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10397 
10398   if (FnBodyScope)
10399     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10400 
10401   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10402   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10403                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10404 
10405   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10406   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10407     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10408 
10409     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10410     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10411       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10412 
10413       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10414     }
10415   }
10416 
10417   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10418   // introduce them into the function scope.
10419   if (FnBodyScope) {
10420     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10421              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10422              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10423          I != E; ++I) {
10424       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10425 
10426       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10427       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10428       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10429       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10430         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10431         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10432           if (DI == D) {
10433             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10434             break;
10435           }
10436         }
10437         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10438         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10439       }
10440 
10441       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10442       if (!D->getName().empty())
10443         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10444 
10445       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10446       // accessible in this scope.
10447       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10448         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10449           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10450       }
10451     }
10452   }
10453 
10454   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10455   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10456     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10457 
10458   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10459   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10460       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10461     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10462     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10463     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10464     return D;
10465   }
10466   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10467   // a function template).
10468   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10469   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10470       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10471       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10472     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10473 
10474   return D;
10475 }
10476 
10477 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10478 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10479 /// optimization.
10480 ///
10481 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10482 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10483 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10484 /// use the named return value optimization.
10485 ///
10486 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10487 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10488 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10489 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10490   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10491 
10492   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10493     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10494       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10495         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10496     }
10497   }
10498 }
10499 
10500 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10501   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10502   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10503     return false;
10504 
10505   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10506   // return type (yet).
10507   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10508     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10509     // we can still delay parsing it.
10510     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10511       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10512       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10513           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10514         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10515         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10516       }
10517     }
10518     return false;
10519   }
10520 
10521   return true;
10522 }
10523 
10524 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10525   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10526   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10527   // rest of the file.
10528   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10529   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10530   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10531     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10532       return false;
10533   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10534 }
10535 
10536 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10537   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10538     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10539   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10540     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10541   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10542 }
10543 
10544 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10545   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10546 }
10547 
10548 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10549                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10550   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10551 
10552   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10553   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10554 
10555   if (FD) {
10556     FD->setBody(Body);
10557 
10558     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10559         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10560       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10561       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10562       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10563       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10564         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10565             << FD->getReturnType();
10566         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10567       } else {
10568         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10569         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10570         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10571             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10572       }
10573     }
10574 
10575     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10576     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10577     // is the first declaration.
10578     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10579       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10580         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10581       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10582                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10583                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10584         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10585     }
10586 
10587     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10588     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10589     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10590       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10591 
10592     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10593     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10594     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10595       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10596 
10597     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10598       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10599       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10600         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10601       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10602                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10603 
10604       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10605       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10606         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10607       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10608         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10609 
10610       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10611       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10612       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10613       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10614           !FD->isDependentContext())
10615         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10616     }
10617 
10618     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10619     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10620     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10621     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10622     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10623     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10624     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10625       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10626 
10627       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10628         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10629         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10630         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10631                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10632           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10633           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10634             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10635                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10636                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10637                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10638         }
10639       }
10640     }
10641 
10642     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10643       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10644       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10645           MD->isVirtual() &&
10646           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10647           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10648         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10649         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10650             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10651           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10652 
10653           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10654           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10655           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10656           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10657           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10658             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10659         } else {
10660           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10661           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10662         }
10663       }
10664     }
10665 
10666     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10667            "Function parsing confused");
10668   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10669     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10670     MD->setBody(Body);
10671     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10672       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10673       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10674                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10675 
10676       if (Body)
10677         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10678     }
10679     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10680       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10681         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10682       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10683     }
10684     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10685       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10686       bool isDesignated =
10687           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10688       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10689       (void)isDesignated;
10690 
10691       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10692         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10693         if (!IFace)
10694           return false;
10695         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10696         if (!SuperD)
10697           return false;
10698         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10699             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10700       };
10701       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10702       // of NSObject.
10703       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10704         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10705              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10706         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10707              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10708       }
10709       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10710     }
10711     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10712       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10713       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10714         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10715              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10716       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10717     }
10718   } else {
10719     return nullptr;
10720   }
10721 
10722   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10723          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10724          "handled in the block above.");
10725 
10726   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10727   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10728     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10729     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10730     // Verify this.
10731     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10732       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10733 
10734     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10735     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10736         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10737       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10738 
10739     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10740       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10741         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10742 
10743       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10744                                              Destructor->getParent());
10745     }
10746 
10747     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10748     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10749     // deletion in some later function.
10750     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10751         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10752       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10753     }
10754     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10755         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10756       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10757       // enabled.
10758       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10759     }
10760 
10761     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10762         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10763          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10764       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10765 
10766     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10767       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10768         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10769           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10770           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10771           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10772           break;
10773         }
10774       }
10775     }
10776 
10777     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
10778                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
10779            "Leftover temporaries in function");
10780     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10781     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10782            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10783   }
10784 
10785   if (!IsInstantiation)
10786     PopDeclContext();
10787 
10788   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10789   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10790   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10791   // deletion in some later function.
10792   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10793     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10794   }
10795 
10796   return dcl;
10797 }
10798 
10799 
10800 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10801 /// relevant Decl.
10802 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10803                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10804   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10805   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10806     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10807   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10808 
10809   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10810     if (Method->isStatic())
10811       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10812 }
10813 
10814 
10815 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10816 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10817 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10818                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10819   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10820   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10821   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10822   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10823   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10824     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10825     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10826     return ExternCPrev;
10827   }
10828 
10829   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10830   unsigned diag_id;
10831   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10832     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10833   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10834     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10835   else
10836     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10837   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10838 
10839   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10840   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10841   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10842     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10843     if (S &&
10844         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
10845              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
10846              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
10847       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10848                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10849   }
10850 
10851   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10852   const char *Dummy;
10853   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10854   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10855   unsigned DiagID;
10856   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10857                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10858   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10859   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10860   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10861   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10862   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10863                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10864                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10865                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10866                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10867                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10868                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10869                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10870                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10871                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10872                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10873                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10874                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10875                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10876                                              EST_None,
10877                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10878                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10879                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10880                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10881                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10882                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
10883                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10884                 DS.getAttributes(),
10885                 SourceLocation());
10886   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10887 
10888   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10889 
10890   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10891   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10892 
10893   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10894   FD->setImplicit();
10895 
10896   CurContext = PrevDC;
10897 
10898   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10899 
10900   return FD;
10901 }
10902 
10903 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10904 /// the declaration of this function.
10905 ///
10906 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10907 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10908 /// like NSLog or printf.
10909 ///
10910 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10911 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10912 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10913   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10914     return;
10915 
10916   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10917   // actual attributes.
10918   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10919     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10920     unsigned FormatIdx;
10921     bool HasVAListArg;
10922     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10923       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10924         const char *fmt = "printf";
10925         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10926         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10927             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10928           fmt = "NSString";
10929         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10930                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10931                                                FormatIdx+1,
10932                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10933                                                FD->getLocation()));
10934       }
10935     }
10936     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10937                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10938      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10939        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10940                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10941                                               FormatIdx+1,
10942                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10943                                               FD->getLocation()));
10944     }
10945 
10946     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10947     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10948     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10949     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10950         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10951       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10952         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10953     }
10954 
10955     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10956         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10957       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10958                                          FD->getLocation()));
10959     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10960       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10961     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10962       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10963   }
10964 
10965   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10966   if (!Name)
10967     return;
10968   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10969        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10970       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10971        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10972        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10973     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10974     // about.
10975   } else
10976     return;
10977 
10978   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10979     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10980     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10981     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10982       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10983                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10984                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10985                                              FD->getLocation()));
10986   }
10987 
10988   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10989     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10990     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10991     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10992       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10993                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10994   }
10995 }
10996 
10997 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10998                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10999   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11000   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11001 
11002   if (!TInfo) {
11003     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11004     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11005   }
11006 
11007   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11008   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11009                                            D.getLocStart(),
11010                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11011                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11012                                            TInfo);
11013 
11014   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11015   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11016     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11017     return NewTD;
11018   }
11019 
11020   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11021     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11022       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11023         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11024         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11025         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11026     else
11027       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11028   }
11029 
11030   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11031   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11032   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11033   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11034   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11035   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11036   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11037   case TST_enum:
11038   case TST_struct:
11039   case TST_interface:
11040   case TST_union:
11041   case TST_class: {
11042     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11043     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11044     break;
11045   }
11046 
11047   default:
11048     break;
11049   }
11050 
11051   return NewTD;
11052 }
11053 
11054 
11055 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11056 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11057   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11058   QualType T = TI->getType();
11059 
11060   if (T->isDependentType())
11061     return false;
11062 
11063   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11064     if (BT->isInteger())
11065       return false;
11066 
11067   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11068   return true;
11069 }
11070 
11071 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11072 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11073 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11074                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11075                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11076   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11077 
11078   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11079     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11080       << Prev->isScoped();
11081     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11082     return true;
11083   }
11084 
11085   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11086     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11087         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11088         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11089                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11090       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11091       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11092         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11093       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11094           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11095       return true;
11096     }
11097   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11098     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11099       << Prev->isFixed();
11100     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11101     return true;
11102   }
11103 
11104   return false;
11105 }
11106 
11107 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11108 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11109 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11110 ///
11111 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11112 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11113   switch (Tag) {
11114   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11115   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11116   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11117   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11118   }
11119 }
11120 
11121 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11122 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11123 ///
11124 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11125 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11126 {
11127   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11128 }
11129 
11130 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11131 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11132 ///
11133 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11134 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11135                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11136                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11137                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
11138   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11139   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11140   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11141   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11142   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11143   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11144   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11145   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11146   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11147   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11148   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11149   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11150   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11151   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11152   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11153     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11154       return true;
11155 
11156   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11157     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11158     bool isTemplate = false;
11159     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11160       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11161 
11162     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11163       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11164       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11165       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11166         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11167         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11168       return true;
11169     }
11170 
11171     if (isDefinition) {
11172       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11173       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11174       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11175         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11176         return true;
11177       }
11178 
11179       bool previousMismatch = false;
11180       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11181         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11182           if (!previousMismatch) {
11183             previousMismatch = true;
11184             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11185               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11186               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11187           }
11188           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11189             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11190             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11191                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11192         }
11193       }
11194       return true;
11195     }
11196 
11197     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11198     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11199     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11200     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11201                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11202     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11203       return true;
11204     }
11205 
11206     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11207       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11208       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11209     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11210 
11211     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11212     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11213         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11214           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11215           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11216                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11217     }
11218 
11219     return true;
11220   }
11221   return false;
11222 }
11223 
11224 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11225 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11226 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11227 ///   namespace N {
11228 ///     struct X;
11229 ///     namespace M {
11230 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11231 ///     }
11232 ///   }
11233 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11234                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11235   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11236   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11237   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11238   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11239   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11240   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11241     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11242     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11243     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11244     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11245       return FixItHint();
11246     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11247     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11248     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11249         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11250     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11251       break;
11252   }
11253 
11254   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11255   // build an NNS.
11256   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11257   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11258   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11259     OS << "::";
11260   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11261   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11262     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11263   OS.flush();
11264   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11265 }
11266 
11267 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11268 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11269 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11270 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11271 ///
11272 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11273 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11274 ///
11275 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to true if the caller should skip
11276 /// the definition of this tag, and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11277 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11278                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11279                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11280                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11281                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11282                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11283                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11284                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11285                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11286                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11287                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool *SkipBody) {
11288   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11289   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11290   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11291          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11292   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11293 
11294   OwnedDecl = false;
11295   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11296   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11297 
11298   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11299   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11300   bool Invalid = false;
11301 
11302   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11303   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11304   // for non-C++ cases.
11305   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11306       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11307     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11308             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11309                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11310                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11311       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11312         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11313         return nullptr;
11314       }
11315 
11316       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11317         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11318         // be a member of another template).
11319 
11320         if (Invalid)
11321           return nullptr;
11322 
11323         OwnedDecl = false;
11324         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11325                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11326                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11327                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11328                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11329                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11330                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11331                                                SkipBody);
11332         return Result.get();
11333       } else {
11334         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11335         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11336           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11337         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11338       }
11339     }
11340   }
11341 
11342   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11343   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11344   // redeclaration.
11345   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11346 
11347   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11348     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11349       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11350       // type, default to int.
11351       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11352     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11353       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11354       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11355       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11356       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11357       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11358 
11359       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11360         // Recover by falling back to int.
11361         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11362 
11363       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11364                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11365         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11366 
11367     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11368       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11369       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11370   }
11371 
11372   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11373   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11374   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11375 
11376   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11377   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11378     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11379 
11380   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11381   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11382     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11383 
11384     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11385     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11386       Name = nullptr;
11387       goto CreateNewDecl;
11388     }
11389 
11390     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11391     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11392     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11393       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11394       if (!DC) {
11395         IsDependent = true;
11396         return nullptr;
11397       }
11398     } else {
11399       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11400       if (!DC) {
11401         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11402           << SS.getRange();
11403         return nullptr;
11404       }
11405     }
11406 
11407     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11408       return nullptr;
11409 
11410     SearchDC = DC;
11411     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11412     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11413 
11414     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11415       return nullptr;
11416 
11417     if (Previous.empty()) {
11418       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11419       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11420       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11421       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11422       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11423       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11424       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11425           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11426         IsDependent = true;
11427         return nullptr;
11428       }
11429 
11430       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11431       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11432         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11433       Name = nullptr;
11434       Invalid = true;
11435       goto CreateNewDecl;
11436     }
11437   } else if (Name) {
11438     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11439     // declaration or definition.
11440     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11441     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11442     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11443     LookupName(Previous, S);
11444 
11445     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11446     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11447     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11448         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11449       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11450       while (F.hasNext()) {
11451         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11452         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11453           F.erase();
11454       }
11455       F.done();
11456     }
11457 
11458     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11459     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11460     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11461     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11462     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11463     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11464     //
11465     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11466     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11467     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11468     //
11469     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11470     // semantic context?
11471     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11472       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11473       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11474       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11475       while (F.hasNext()) {
11476         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11477         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11478         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11479             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11480           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11481             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11482           else
11483             F.erase();
11484         }
11485       }
11486       F.done();
11487 
11488       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11489       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11490       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11491         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11492         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11493             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11494       }
11495     }
11496 
11497     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11498     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11499       return nullptr;
11500 
11501     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11502       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11503       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11504       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11505       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11506       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11507         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11508     }
11509   }
11510 
11511   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11512       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11513     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11514     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11515     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11516     Previous.clear();
11517   }
11518 
11519   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11520       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11521     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11522     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11523 
11524     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11525       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11526       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11527       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11528       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11529     }
11530   }
11531 
11532   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11533   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11534   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11535   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11536   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11537       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11538     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11539     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11540 
11541     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11542       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11543       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11544       //
11545       //          class-key identifier
11546       //
11547       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11548       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11549       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11550       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11551       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11552       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11553       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11554       //      declaration.
11555       //
11556       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11557       // C structs and unions.
11558       //
11559       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11560       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11561       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11562       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11563       //
11564       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11565       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11566       //
11567       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11568       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11569       // lexical context,
11570       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11571         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11572 
11573       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11574       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11575              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11576               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11577              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11578              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11579         S = S->getParent();
11580     } else {
11581       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11582       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11583       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11584       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11585       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11586       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11587     }
11588 
11589     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11590     // diagnose some problems.
11591     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11592       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11593       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11594     }
11595   }
11596 
11597   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11598     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11599     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11600         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11601 
11602     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11603     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11604     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11605     // in C++.
11606     //
11607     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11608     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11609     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11610     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11611     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11612       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11613         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11614           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11615           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11616               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11617                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11618             PrevDecl = Tag;
11619             Previous.clear();
11620             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11621             Previous.resolveKind();
11622           }
11623         }
11624       }
11625     }
11626 
11627     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11628       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11629       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11630       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11631       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11632           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11633                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11634         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11635         // struct or something similar.
11636         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11637                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11638                                           *Name)) {
11639           bool SafeToContinue
11640             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11641                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11642           if (SafeToContinue)
11643             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11644               << Name
11645               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11646                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11647           else
11648             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11649           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11650 
11651           if (SafeToContinue)
11652             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11653           else {
11654             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11655             Name = nullptr;
11656             Previous.clear();
11657             Invalid = true;
11658           }
11659         }
11660 
11661         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11662           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11663 
11664           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11665           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11666           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11667             if (ScopedEnum)
11668               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11669                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11670                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11671             return PrevTagDecl;
11672           }
11673 
11674           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11675           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11676             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11677           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11678             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11679 
11680           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11681           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11682           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11683           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11684                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11685             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11686         }
11687 
11688         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11689         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11690         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11691         //   and then later defined.
11692         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11693             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11694           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11695           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11696         }
11697 
11698         if (!Invalid) {
11699           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11700           // we have attributes.
11701 
11702           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11703           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11704           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11705           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11706           if (!Attr &&
11707               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11708                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11709                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11710             return PrevTagDecl;
11711 
11712           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11713           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11714             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11715               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11716               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11717               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11718               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11719               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11720                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11721                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11722                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11723                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11724                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11725                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11726                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11727                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11728               }
11729 
11730               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
11731               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11732                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
11733                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
11734                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
11735                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
11736                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
11737                 // use it in place of this one.
11738                 *SkipBody = true;
11739                 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
11740                   Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, KWLoc);
11741                 Hidden->setHidden(false);
11742                 return Def;
11743               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11744                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11745                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11746                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11747                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11748                 else
11749                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11750                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11751                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11752                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11753                 // references get the previous definition.
11754                 Name = nullptr;
11755                 Previous.clear();
11756                 Invalid = true;
11757               }
11758             } else {
11759               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11760               // about a nested redefinition.
11761               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
11762               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
11763                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11764                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11765                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11766                 Name = nullptr;
11767                 Previous.clear();
11768                 Invalid = true;
11769               }
11770             }
11771 
11772             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11773             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11774           }
11775 
11776           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11777           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11778           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11779           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11780             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11781             AS = AS_none;
11782           }
11783         }
11784         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11785         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11786 
11787       } else {
11788         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11789         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11790         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11791         // have distinct types.
11792         Previous.clear();
11793       }
11794       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11795       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11796       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11797 
11798 
11799     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11800     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11801     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11802     } else {
11803       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11804       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11805       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11806       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11807           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11808         unsigned Kind = 0;
11809         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11810         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11811         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11812         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11813         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11814         Invalid = true;
11815 
11816       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11817       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11818                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11819         // do nothing
11820 
11821       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11822       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11823         unsigned Kind = 0;
11824         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11825         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11826         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11827         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11828         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11829         Invalid = true;
11830 
11831       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11832       // case here.
11833       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11834         unsigned Kind = 0;
11835         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11836         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11837           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11838         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11839         Invalid = true;
11840 
11841       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11842       } else {
11843         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11844         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11845         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11846         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11847         Name = nullptr;
11848         Invalid = true;
11849       }
11850 
11851       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11852       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11853       Previous.clear();
11854     }
11855   }
11856 
11857 CreateNewDecl:
11858 
11859   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11860   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11861     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11862 
11863   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11864   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11865   // keyword.
11866   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11867 
11868   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11869   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11870   // PrevDecl.
11871   TagDecl *New;
11872 
11873   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11874   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11875     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11876     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11877     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11878                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11879                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11880     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11881     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11882       TagDecl *Def;
11883       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11884           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11885         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11886         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11887       }
11888       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11889         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11890           << New;
11891         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11892       } else {
11893         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11894         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11895           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11896         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11897           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11898         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11899 
11900         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11901         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11902         // the declaration context.
11903         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11904           IsForwardReference = true;
11905       }
11906     }
11907 
11908     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11909       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11910       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11911         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11912       else
11913         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11914       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11915     }
11916 
11917   } else {
11918     // struct/union/class
11919 
11920     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11921     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11922     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11923       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11924       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11925                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11926 
11927       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11928         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11929     } else
11930       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11931                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11932   }
11933 
11934   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11935   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11936   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11937     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11938       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11939     Invalid = true;
11940   }
11941 
11942   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11943   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11944     if (SS.isSet()) {
11945       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11946       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11947       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11948       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11949       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11950       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11951           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11952           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
11953         Invalid = true;
11954 
11955       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11956       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11957         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11958                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11959                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11960       }
11961     }
11962     else
11963       Invalid = true;
11964   }
11965 
11966   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11967     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11968     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11969     //
11970     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11971     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11972     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11973     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11974     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11975     // parsing of the struct).
11976     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11977       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11978       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11979     }
11980   }
11981 
11982   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11983     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11984       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11985         << 2
11986         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11987     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11988     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11989     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11990     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11991       New->setModulePrivate();
11992   }
11993 
11994   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11995   // check the specialization.
11996   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11997     Invalid = true;
11998 
11999   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12000   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12001   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12002   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12003       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12004     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12005       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12006       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12007       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12008         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12009             << Name;
12010         Invalid = true;
12011       }
12012     } else {
12013       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12014     }
12015     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12016   }
12017 
12018   if (Invalid)
12019     New->setInvalidDecl();
12020 
12021   if (Attr)
12022     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12023 
12024   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12025   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12026   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12027 
12028   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12029   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12030   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12031   // the tag name visible.
12032   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12033     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12034 
12035   // Set the access specifier.
12036   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12037     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12038 
12039   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12040     New->startDefinition();
12041 
12042   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12043   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12044     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12045     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12046     if (PrevDecl)
12047       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12048 
12049     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12050     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12051     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12052       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12053         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12054   } else if (Name) {
12055     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12056     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12057     if (IsForwardReference)
12058       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12059 
12060   } else {
12061     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12062   }
12063 
12064   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12065   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12066     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12067         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12068         II->isStr("FILE"))
12069       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12070 
12071   if (PrevDecl)
12072     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12073 
12074   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12075   // record.
12076   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12077 
12078   OwnedDecl = true;
12079   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12080   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12081   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12082 }
12083 
12084 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12085   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12086   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12087 
12088   // Enter the tag context.
12089   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12090 
12091   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12092 
12093   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12094   // record.
12095   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12096 }
12097 
12098 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12099   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12100          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12101   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12102   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12103       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12104   CurContext = OCD;
12105   return IDecl;
12106 }
12107 
12108 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12109                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12110                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12111                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12112   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12113   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12114 
12115   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12116 
12117   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12118     return;
12119 
12120   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12121     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12122                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12123 
12124   // C++ [class]p2:
12125   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12126   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12127   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12128   //   as if it were a public member name.
12129   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12130     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12131                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12132                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12133                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12134                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12135   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12136   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12137   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12138   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12139       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12140   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12141   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12142          "Broken injected-class-name");
12143 }
12144 
12145 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12146                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12147   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12148   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12149   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12150 
12151   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12152   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12153     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12154     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12155       RD->completeDefinition();
12156   }
12157 
12158   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12159     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12160 
12161   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12162   PopDeclContext();
12163 
12164   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12165       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12166     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12167 
12168   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12169   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12170     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12171 }
12172 
12173 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12174   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12175   PopDeclContext();
12176 }
12177 
12178 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12179   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12180   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12181   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12182 }
12183 
12184 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12185   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12186   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12187 }
12188 
12189 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12190   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12191   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12192   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12193 
12194   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12195   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12196     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12197       RD->completeDefinition();
12198   }
12199 
12200   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12201   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12202   // the FieldCollector.
12203 
12204   PopDeclContext();
12205 }
12206 
12207 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12208 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12209                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12210                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12211                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12212   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12213   if (ZeroWidth)
12214     *ZeroWidth = true;
12215 
12216   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12217   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12218   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12219     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12220     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12221       return ExprError();
12222     if (FieldName)
12223       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12224         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12225     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12226       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12227   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12228                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12229     return ExprError();
12230 
12231   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12232   // it now.
12233   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12234     return BitWidth;
12235 
12236   llvm::APSInt Value;
12237   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12238   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12239     return ICE;
12240   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12241 
12242   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12243     *ZeroWidth = false;
12244 
12245   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12246   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12247     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12248 
12249   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12250     if (FieldName)
12251       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12252                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12253     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12254       << Value.toString(10);
12255   }
12256 
12257   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12258     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12259     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12260       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12261           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12262         if (FieldName)
12263           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12264             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12265             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12266 
12267         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12268           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12269       }
12270 
12271       if (FieldName)
12272         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12273           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12274           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12275       else
12276         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12277           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12278     }
12279   }
12280 
12281   return BitWidth;
12282 }
12283 
12284 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12285 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12286 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12287                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12288   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12289                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12290                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12291   return Res;
12292 }
12293 
12294 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12295 ///
12296 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12297                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12298                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12299                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12300                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12301   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12302   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12303   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12304 
12305   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12306   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12307   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12308     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12309 
12310     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12311                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12312       D.setInvalidType();
12313       T = Context.IntTy;
12314       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12315     }
12316   }
12317 
12318   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12319   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12320     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12321     D.setInvalidType();
12322   }
12323 
12324   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12325   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12326   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12327     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12328     D.setInvalidType();
12329   }
12330 
12331   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12332 
12333   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12334     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12335          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12336       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12337 
12338   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12339   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12340   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12341   LookupName(Previous, S);
12342   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12343     case LookupResult::Found:
12344     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12345       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12346       break;
12347 
12348     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12349       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12350       break;
12351 
12352     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12353     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12354     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12355       break;
12356   }
12357   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12358 
12359   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12360     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12361     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12362     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12363     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12364   }
12365 
12366   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12367     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12368 
12369   bool Mutable
12370     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12371   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12372   FieldDecl *NewFD
12373     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12374                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12375 
12376   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12377     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12378 
12379   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12380     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12381 
12382   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12383     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12384     // with the same name in the same scope.
12385   } else if (II) {
12386     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12387   } else
12388     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12389 
12390   return NewFD;
12391 }
12392 
12393 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12394 ///
12395 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12396 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12397 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12398 /// created.
12399 ///
12400 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12401 ///
12402 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12403 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12404                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12405                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12406                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12407                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12408                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12409                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12410                                 Declarator *D) {
12411   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12412   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12413   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12414 
12415   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12416   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12417   if (T.isNull()) {
12418     InvalidDecl = true;
12419     T = Context.IntTy;
12420   }
12421 
12422   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12423   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12424     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12425       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12426       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12427       InvalidDecl = true;
12428     } else {
12429       NamedDecl *Def;
12430       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12431       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12432         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12433         InvalidDecl = true;
12434       }
12435     }
12436   }
12437 
12438   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12439   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12440     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12441     InvalidDecl = true;
12442   }
12443 
12444   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12445   // than a variably modified type.
12446   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12447     bool SizeIsNegative;
12448     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12449 
12450     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12451       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12452                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12453                                                     Oversized);
12454     if (FixedTInfo) {
12455       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12456       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12457       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12458     } else {
12459       if (SizeIsNegative)
12460         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12461       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12462         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12463           << Oversized.toString(10);
12464       else
12465         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12466       InvalidDecl = true;
12467     }
12468   }
12469 
12470   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12471   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12472                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12473                                              AbstractFieldType))
12474     InvalidDecl = true;
12475 
12476   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12477   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12478   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12479     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12480                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12481     if (!BitWidth) {
12482       InvalidDecl = true;
12483       BitWidth = nullptr;
12484       ZeroWidth = false;
12485     }
12486   }
12487 
12488   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12489   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12490     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12491     if (T->isReferenceType())
12492       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12493                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12494     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12495       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12496 
12497     if (DiagID) {
12498       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12499       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12500         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12501       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12502       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12503         Mutable = false;
12504         InvalidDecl = true;
12505       }
12506     }
12507   }
12508 
12509   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12510   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12511   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12512   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12513     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12514 
12515   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12516                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12517   if (InvalidDecl)
12518     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12519 
12520   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12521     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12522     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12523     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12524   }
12525 
12526   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12527     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12528       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12529         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12530         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12531           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12532           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12533           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12534           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12535           // objects.
12536           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12537             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12538         }
12539       }
12540 
12541       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12542       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12543       // enabled.
12544       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12545         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12546                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12547                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12548           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12549         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12550           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12551       }
12552     }
12553   }
12554 
12555   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12556   // representation, not a parser representation.
12557   if (D) {
12558     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12559     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12560 
12561     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12562       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12563   }
12564 
12565   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12566   // retainable type.
12567   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12568     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12569 
12570   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12571     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12572 
12573   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12574   return NewFD;
12575 }
12576 
12577 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12578   assert(FD);
12579   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12580 
12581   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12582     return false;
12583 
12584   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12585   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12586     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12587     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12588       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12589       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12590       // copy constructors.
12591 
12592       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12593       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12594       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12595       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12596       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12597       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12598       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12599         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12600       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12601         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12602       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12603         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12604       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12605         member = CXXDestructor;
12606 
12607       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12608         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12609             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12610           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12611           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12612           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12613           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12614           // members unavailable.
12615           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12616           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12617             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12618               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12619                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12620                                   Loc));
12621             return false;
12622           }
12623         }
12624 
12625         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12626                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12627                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12628           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12629         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12630         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12631       }
12632     }
12633   }
12634 
12635   return false;
12636 }
12637 
12638 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12639 ///  AST enum value.
12640 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12641 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12642   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12643   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12644   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12645   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12646   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12647   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12648   }
12649 }
12650 
12651 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12652 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12653 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12654                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12655                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12656                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12657 
12658   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12659   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12660   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12661   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12662 
12663   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12664   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12665 
12666   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12667   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12668 
12669   if (BitWidth) {
12670     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12671     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12672     if (!BitWidth)
12673       D.setInvalidType();
12674   } else {
12675     // Not a bitfield.
12676 
12677     // validate II.
12678 
12679   }
12680   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12681     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12682     D.setInvalidType();
12683   }
12684   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12685   // than a variably modified type.
12686   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12687     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12688     D.setInvalidType();
12689   }
12690 
12691   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12692   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12693     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12694                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12695   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12696   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12697   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12698     return nullptr;
12699   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12700   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12701       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12702     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12703     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12704       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12705       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12706     }
12707     else
12708       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12709   } else {
12710     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12711         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12712       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12713         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12714         return nullptr;
12715       }
12716     }
12717     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12718   }
12719 
12720   // Construct the decl.
12721   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12722                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12723                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12724 
12725   if (II) {
12726     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12727                                            ForRedeclaration);
12728     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12729         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12730       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12731       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12732       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12733     }
12734   }
12735 
12736   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12737   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12738 
12739   if (D.isInvalidType())
12740     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12741 
12742   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12743   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12744     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12745 
12746   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12747     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12748 
12749   if (II) {
12750     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12751     // these to the interface.
12752     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12753     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12754   }
12755 
12756   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12757       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12758     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12759 
12760   return NewID;
12761 }
12762 
12763 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12764 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12765 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12766 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12767 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12768                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12769   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12770     return;
12771 
12772   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12773   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12774 
12775   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12776     return;
12777   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12778   if (!ID) {
12779     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12780       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12781         return;
12782     }
12783     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12784     else
12785       return;
12786   }
12787   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12788   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12789   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12790 
12791   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12792                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12793                               Context.CharTy,
12794                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12795                                                                DeclLoc),
12796                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12797                               true);
12798   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12799 }
12800 
12801 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12802                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12803                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12804   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12805 
12806   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12807   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12808   // it will now change.
12809   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12810     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12811     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12812     default: break;
12813     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12814       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12815       break;
12816     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12817       Context.
12818         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12819       break;
12820     }
12821   }
12822 
12823   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12824 
12825   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12826   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12827   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12828   if (Record) {
12829     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12830       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12831         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12832           ++NumNamedMembers;
12833     }
12834   }
12835 
12836   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12837   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12838 
12839   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12840   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12841        i != end; ++i) {
12842     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12843 
12844     // Get the type for the field.
12845     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12846 
12847     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12848       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12849       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12850     }
12851 
12852     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12853     // diagnostics about it.
12854     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12855       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12856       continue;
12857     }
12858 
12859     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12860     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12861     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12862     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12863     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12864     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12865     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12866     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12867     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12868     //   array.
12869     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12870       // Field declared as a function.
12871       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12872         << FD->getDeclName();
12873       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12874       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12875       continue;
12876     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12877                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12878                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12879                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12880                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12881       // Flexible array member.
12882       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12883       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12884       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12885       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12886       if (Record->isUnion())
12887         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12888                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12889                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12890                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12891                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12892       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12893         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12894                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12895                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12896                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12897                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12898                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12899                                  : 0;
12900 
12901       if (DiagID)
12902         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12903                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12904       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12905       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12906       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12907       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12908       // of the type.
12909       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12910         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12911           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12912             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12913       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12914         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12915           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12916 
12917       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12918       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12919       //
12920       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12921       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12922       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12923       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12924         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12925           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12926         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12927         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12928         continue;
12929       }
12930       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12931       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12932     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12933                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12934                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12935       // Incomplete type
12936       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12937       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12938       continue;
12939     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12940       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12941         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12942         // flexible array member.
12943         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12944         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12945           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12946           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12947           // structures.
12948           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12949             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12950               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12951           else {
12952             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12953             // other structs as an extension.
12954             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12955               << FD->getDeclName();
12956           }
12957         }
12958       }
12959       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12960           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12961                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12962                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12963         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12964         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12965       }
12966       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12967         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12968       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12969         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12970     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12971       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12972       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12973         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12974       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12975       FD->setType(T);
12976     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12977                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12978       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12979       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12980       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12981       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12982       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12983       QualType T = FD->getType();
12984       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12985       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12986         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12987         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12988           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12989             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12990                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12991                               loc));
12992           }
12993         } else {
12994           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12995             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12996         }
12997         ARCErrReported = true;
12998       }
12999     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13000                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13001                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13002       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13003           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13004         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13005       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13006         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13007         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13008             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13009           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13010         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13011                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13012                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13013       }
13014     }
13015     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13016       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13017     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13018     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13019       ++NumNamedMembers;
13020   }
13021 
13022   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13023   if (Record) {
13024     bool Completed = false;
13025     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13026       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13027         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13028         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13029                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13030                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13031           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13032 
13033         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13034           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13035             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13036             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13037               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13038                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13039           }
13040 
13041           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13042           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13043 
13044           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13045           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13046           // problem now.
13047           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13048             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13049             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13050 
13051             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13052                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13053                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13054               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13055                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13056                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13057                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13058                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13059                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13060                   continue;
13061 
13062                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13063                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13064                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13065                 //   program is ill-formed.
13066                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13067                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13068                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13069                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13070                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13071                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13072                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13073                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13074                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13075                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13076 
13077                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13078               }
13079             }
13080             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13081             Completed = true;
13082           }
13083         }
13084       }
13085     }
13086 
13087     if (!Completed)
13088       Record->completeDefinition();
13089 
13090     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13091       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13092 
13093       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13094         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13095                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13096                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13097     }
13098 
13099     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13100     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13101     // compatibility problems.
13102     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13103     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13104       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13105     } else {
13106       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13107       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13108       CheckForZeroSize =
13109           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13110           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13111           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13112     }
13113     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13114       bool ZeroSize = true;
13115       bool IsEmpty = true;
13116       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13117       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13118                                       E = Record->field_end();
13119            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13120         IsEmpty = false;
13121         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13122           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13123             ZeroSize = false;
13124         } else {
13125           ++NonBitFields;
13126           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13127           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13128               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13129             ZeroSize = false;
13130         }
13131       }
13132 
13133       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13134       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13135       // extern "C" block.
13136       if (ZeroSize) {
13137         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13138                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13139                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13140           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13141       }
13142 
13143       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13144       // but are accepted by GCC.
13145       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13146         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13147                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13148           << Record->isUnion();
13149       }
13150     }
13151   } else {
13152     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13153       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13154     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13155       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13156       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13157       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13158         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13159         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13160       }
13161       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13162       // duplicates.
13163       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13164         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13165     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13166                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13167       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13168       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13169         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13170         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13171         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13172       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13173       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13174       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13175     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13176                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13177       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13178       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13179       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13180       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13181       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13182       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13183       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13184       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13185         if (IDecl) {
13186           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13187               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13188             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13189                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13190             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13191             continue;
13192           }
13193           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13194             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13195                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13196               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13197                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13198               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13199               continue;
13200             }
13201           }
13202         }
13203         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13204         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13205       }
13206       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13207       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13208     }
13209   }
13210 
13211   if (Attr)
13212     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13213 }
13214 
13215 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13216 /// the given type T.
13217 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13218                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13219                                         QualType T) {
13220   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13221   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13222 
13223   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13224     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13225       --BitWidth;
13226     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13227   }
13228   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13229 }
13230 
13231 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13232 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13233 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13234   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13235   // enum checking below.
13236   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13237   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13238   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13239     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13240   };
13241   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13242     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13243     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13244   };
13245 
13246   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13247   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13248                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13249   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13250     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13251       return Types[I];
13252 
13253   return QualType();
13254 }
13255 
13256 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13257                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13258                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13259                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13260                                           Expr *Val) {
13261   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13262   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13263   QualType EltTy;
13264 
13265   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13266     Val = nullptr;
13267 
13268   if (Val)
13269     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13270 
13271   if (Val) {
13272     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13273       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13274     else {
13275       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13276       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13277           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13278         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13279         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13280         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13281         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13282         ExprResult Converted =
13283           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13284                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13285         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13286           Val = nullptr;
13287         else
13288           Val = Converted.get();
13289       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13290                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13291                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13292         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13293       } else {
13294         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13295           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13296 
13297           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13298           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13299           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13300           // expression checking.
13301           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13302             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13303               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13304               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13305             } else
13306               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13307           } else
13308             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13309         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13310           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13311           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13312           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13313           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13314           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13315           EltTy = Val->getType();
13316         } else {
13317           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13318           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13319           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13320           //   representable as an int.
13321 
13322           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13323           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13324             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13325               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13326               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13327           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13328             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13329             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13330           }
13331           EltTy = Val->getType();
13332         }
13333       }
13334     }
13335   }
13336 
13337   if (!Val) {
13338     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13339       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13340     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13341       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13342       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13343       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13344       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13345       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13346       //
13347       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13348       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13349       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13350         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13351       }
13352       else {
13353         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13354       }
13355     } else {
13356       // Assign the last value + 1.
13357       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13358       ++EnumVal;
13359       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13360 
13361       // Check for overflow on increment.
13362       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13363         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13364         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13365         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13366         //
13367         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13368         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13369         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13370         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13371         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13372         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13373         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13374         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13375           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13376           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13377           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13378           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13379           ++EnumVal;
13380           if (Enum->isFixed())
13381             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13382             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13383               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13384               << EltTy;
13385           else
13386             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13387               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13388         } else {
13389           EltTy = T;
13390         }
13391 
13392         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13393         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13394         // value, then increment.
13395         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13396         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13397         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13398         ++EnumVal;
13399 
13400         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13401         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13402         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13403         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13404         // integral type.
13405         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13406           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13407       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13408                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13409         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13410         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13411           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13412       }
13413     }
13414   }
13415 
13416   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13417     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13418     // enumerator's type.
13419     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13420     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13421   }
13422 
13423   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13424                                   Val, EnumVal);
13425 }
13426 
13427 
13428 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13429                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13430                               AttributeList *Attr,
13431                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13432   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13433   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13434     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13435 
13436   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13437   // we find one that is.
13438   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13439 
13440   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13441   // scope.
13442   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13443                                          ForRedeclaration);
13444   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13445     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13446     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13447     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13448     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13449   }
13450 
13451   if (PrevDecl) {
13452     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13453     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13454     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13455            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13456     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13457       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13458         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13459       else
13460         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13461       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13462       return nullptr;
13463     }
13464   }
13465 
13466   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13467   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13468   // different from T:
13469   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13470   // enumerated type
13471   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13472                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13473                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13474     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13475         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13476       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13477 
13478   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13479     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13480 
13481   if (New) {
13482     // Process attributes.
13483     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13484 
13485     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13486     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13487     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13488   }
13489 
13490   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13491 
13492   return New;
13493 }
13494 
13495 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13496 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13497 // Element2 = Element1
13498 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13499 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13500 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13501 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13502   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13503   if (!InitExpr)
13504     return true;
13505   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13506 
13507   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13508     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13509       return true;
13510     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13511     if (!IL)
13512       return true;
13513     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13514       return true;
13515 
13516     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13517   }
13518 
13519   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13520   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13521   if (!DRE)
13522     return true;
13523 
13524   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13525   if (!EnumConstant)
13526     return true;
13527 
13528   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13529       Enum)
13530     return true;
13531 
13532   return false;
13533 }
13534 
13535 struct DupKey {
13536   int64_t val;
13537   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13538   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13539     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13540 };
13541 
13542 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13543   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13544                 false);
13545 }
13546 
13547 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13548   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13549   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13550   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13551     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13552   }
13553   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13554     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13555            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13556   }
13557 };
13558 
13559 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13560 // a previous element has already been set to.
13561 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13562                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13563                                         QualType EnumType) {
13564   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13565     return;
13566   // Avoid anonymous enums
13567   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13568     return;
13569 
13570   // Only check for small enums.
13571   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13572     return;
13573 
13574   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13575   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13576 
13577   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13578   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13579           ValueToVectorMap;
13580 
13581   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13582   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13583 
13584   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13585   // an initialier.
13586   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13587     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13588 
13589     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13590     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13591     if (!ECD) {
13592       return;
13593     }
13594 
13595     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13596       continue;
13597 
13598     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13599     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13600 
13601     // First time encountering this value.
13602     if (Entry.isNull())
13603       Entry = ECD;
13604   }
13605 
13606   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13607   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13608     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13609     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13610       continue;
13611 
13612     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13613 
13614     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13615     if (Entry.isNull())
13616       continue;
13617 
13618     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13619       // Ensure constants are different.
13620       if (D == ECD)
13621         continue;
13622 
13623       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13624       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13625       Vec->push_back(D);
13626       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13627 
13628       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13629       Entry = Vec;
13630 
13631       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13632       // diagnostics.
13633       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13634       continue;
13635     }
13636 
13637     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13638     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13639     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13640       continue;
13641 
13642     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13643   }
13644 
13645   // Emit diagnostics.
13646   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13647                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13648        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13649     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13650     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13651 
13652     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13653     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13654     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13655       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13656       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13657     ++I;
13658 
13659     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13660     // the same value.
13661     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13662       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13663         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13664         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13665     delete Vec;
13666   }
13667 }
13668 
13669 bool
13670 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13671                         bool AllowMask) const {
13672   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13673   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13674 
13675   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13676   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13677 
13678   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13679   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13680 
13681   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13682   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13683   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13684   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13685   //
13686   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13687   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13688   // likely a logic error.
13689   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13690     return true;
13691 
13692   if (AllowMask) {
13693     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13694     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13695     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13696     // benefit of the doubt.
13697     //
13698     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13699     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13700     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13701     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13702     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13703     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13704     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13705     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13706       return true;
13707   }
13708 
13709   return false;
13710 }
13711 
13712 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13713                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13714                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13715                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13716   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13717   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13718 
13719   if (Attr)
13720     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13721 
13722   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13723     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13724       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13725         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13726       if (!ECD) continue;
13727 
13728       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13729     }
13730 
13731     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13732     return;
13733   }
13734 
13735   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13736   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13737   // emit a warning.
13738   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13739   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13740   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13741 
13742   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13743   // reverse the list.
13744   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13745   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13746 
13747   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13748   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13749 
13750   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13751     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13752       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13753     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13754 
13755     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13756 
13757     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13758     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13759       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13760                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13761     else
13762       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13763                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13764 
13765     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13766     if (AllElementsInt)
13767       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13768   }
13769 
13770   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13771   QualType BestType;
13772   unsigned BestWidth;
13773 
13774   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13775   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13776   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13777   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13778   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13779   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13780   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13781   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13782   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13783   QualType BestPromotionType;
13784 
13785   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13786   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13787   // enum definitions.
13788   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13789     Packed = true;
13790 
13791   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13792     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13793     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13794       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13795     else
13796       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13797 
13798     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
13799   }
13800   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13801     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13802     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13803     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13804     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13805       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13806       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13807     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13808                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13809       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13810       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13811     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13812       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13813       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13814     } else {
13815       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13816 
13817       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13818         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13819       } else {
13820         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13821 
13822         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13823           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13824         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13825       }
13826     }
13827     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13828   } else {
13829     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13830     // all of the enumerator values.
13831     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13832     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13833       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13834       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13835       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13836     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13837       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13838       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13839       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13840     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13841       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13842       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13843       BestPromotionType
13844         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13845                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13846     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13847                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13848       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13849       BestPromotionType
13850         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13851                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13852     } else {
13853       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13854       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13855              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13856       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13857       BestPromotionType
13858         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13859                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13860     }
13861   }
13862 
13863   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13864   if (FEAttr)
13865     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
13866 
13867   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13868   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
13869   // FlagBits cache.
13870   for (auto *D : Elements) {
13871     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13872     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13873 
13874     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13875     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13876     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13877     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13878     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13879 
13880     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13881     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13882 
13883     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13884     // the enum decl type.
13885     QualType NewTy;
13886     unsigned NewWidth;
13887     bool NewSign;
13888     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13889         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13890         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13891       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13892       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13893       NewSign = true;
13894     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13895       // Already the right type!
13896       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13897         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13898         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13899         // enumeration.
13900         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13901       goto flagbits;
13902     } else {
13903       NewTy = BestType;
13904       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13905       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13906     }
13907 
13908     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13909     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13910     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13911     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13912 
13913     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13914     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13915         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13916       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13917                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13918                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13919                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13920                                                 VK_RValue));
13921     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13922       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13923       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13924       // enumeration.
13925       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13926     else
13927       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13928 
13929 flagbits:
13930     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
13931     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
13932     if (FEAttr) {
13933       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
13934       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
13935         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
13936       }
13937     }
13938   }
13939 
13940   if (FEAttr) {
13941     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
13942       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13943       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13944 
13945       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13946       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
13947         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
13948           << ECD << Enum;
13949     }
13950   }
13951 
13952 
13953 
13954   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13955                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13956 
13957   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13958 
13959   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13960   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13961     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13962 }
13963 
13964 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13965                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13966                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13967   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13968 
13969   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13970                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13971                                                    EndLoc);
13972   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13973   return New;
13974 }
13975 
13976 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13977                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13978                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13979   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13980     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13981     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13982       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13983         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13984           << M->getFullModuleName();
13985         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13986         return;
13987       }
13988       break;
13989     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13990       break;
13991     }
13992     DC = LSD->getParent();
13993   }
13994 
13995   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13996     DC = DC->getParent();
13997   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13998     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13999       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14000     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14001            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14002       << DC;
14003   }
14004 }
14005 
14006 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14007                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14008                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14009   Module *Mod =
14010       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14011                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14012   if (!Mod)
14013     return true;
14014 
14015   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14016 
14017   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14018   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14019   // silently ignoring the import.
14020   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14021     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14022         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14023   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14024     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14025         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14026 
14027   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14028   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14029   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14030     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14031     // We need the length to be consistent.
14032     if (!ModCheck)
14033       break;
14034     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14035 
14036     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14037   }
14038 
14039   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14040                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14041                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14042                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14043   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14044   return Import;
14045 }
14046 
14047 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14048   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14049 
14050   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
14051   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
14052                                       /*Complain=*/true);
14053 }
14054 
14055 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14056                                                       Module *Mod) {
14057   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14058   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14059     return;
14060 
14061   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14062   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14063   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14064                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14065   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14066   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14067 
14068   // Make the module visible.
14069   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
14070                                       /*Complain=*/false);
14071 }
14072 
14073 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14074                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14075                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14076                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14077                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14078   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14079                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14080   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
14081                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
14082 
14083   if (PrevDecl)
14084     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14085   else
14086     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14087       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
14088 }
14089 
14090 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14091                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14092                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14093   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14094 
14095   if (PrevDecl) {
14096     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14097   } else {
14098     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14099       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14100         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14101   }
14102 }
14103 
14104 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14105                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14106                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14107                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14108                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14109   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14110                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14111   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14112 
14113   if (PrevDecl) {
14114     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14115       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14116         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14117   } else {
14118     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14119       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14120   }
14121 }
14122 
14123 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14124   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14125 }
14126 
14127 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14128   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14129   if (!D)
14130     return AR_Available;
14131 
14132   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14133   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14134   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14135   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14136   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14137   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14138     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14139     if (R != AR_Available)
14140       return R;
14141     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14142   }
14143   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14144   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14145   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14146             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14147     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14148   }
14149   // Recover from user error.
14150   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14151 }
14152